summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/lib/lufa/Bootloaders
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorDrashna Jaelre <drashna@live.com>2019-08-02 14:02:40 -0700
committerskullydazed <skullydazed@users.noreply.github.com>2019-08-30 15:01:52 -0700
commitcf4575b94a3c65e6535a159fc71fc885aebc2620 (patch)
tree2354f2b7a200e02246a564afefedc32357e62b8e /lib/lufa/Bootloaders
parent75ee8df19e0f14ba466f41ab673dde2fe2fdae9c (diff)
Fix the LUFA lib to use a submodule instead of just files (#6245)
* Remove LUFA files * Update descriptions for newer version of LUFA * Create PR6245.md * Fix CDC(Serial) type errors * Fix missed merge conflict for AUDIO_DTYPE_CSInterface
Diffstat (limited to 'lib/lufa/Bootloaders')
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPI.c75
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPI.h58
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPITable.S91
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.c673
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.h144
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.txt242
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/Config/AppConfig.h50
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/Descriptors.c244
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/Descriptors.h158
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/LUFA CDC Bootloader.inf66
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/asf.xml161
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/doxyfile2396
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/makefile62
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPI.c76
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPI.h58
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPITable.S91
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.c891
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.h216
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.txt235
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/Config/AppConfig.h48
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/Descriptors.c193
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/Descriptors.h200
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/asf.xml156
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/doxyfile2396
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/makefile62
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.c198
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.h71
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.txt105
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/Descriptors.c187
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/Descriptors.h80
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/.gitignore1
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/Makefile40
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/Makefile.bsd21
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/gpl3.txt674
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/hid_bootloader_cli.c1013
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp_Python/hid_bootloader_loader.py120
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/asf.xml123
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/doxyfile2398
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/makefile55
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPI.c76
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPI.h63
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPITable.S102
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.c263
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.h99
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.txt240
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h47
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Descriptors.c157
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Descriptors.h88
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c294
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h84
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/VirtualFAT.c482
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/VirtualFAT.h302
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/asf.xml156
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/doxyfile2396
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/makefile75
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPI.c75
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPI.h56
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPITable.S91
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.c487
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.h108
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.txt202
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/Descriptors.c194
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/Descriptors.h96
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/asf.xml159
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/doxyfile2396
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/makefile62
-rw-r--r--lib/lufa/Bootloaders/makefile46
72 files changed, 0 insertions, 23489 deletions
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPI.c b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPI.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 2be1568082..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPI.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Bootloader user application API functions.
- */
-
-#include "BootloaderAPI.h"
-
-void BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address)
-{
- boot_page_erase_safe(Address);
- boot_spm_busy_wait();
- boot_rww_enable();
-}
-
-void BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address)
-{
- boot_page_write_safe(Address);
- boot_spm_busy_wait();
- boot_rww_enable();
-}
-
-void BootloaderAPI_FillWord(const uint32_t Address, const uint16_t Word)
-{
- boot_page_fill_safe(Address, Word);
-}
-
-uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature(const uint16_t Address)
-{
- return boot_signature_byte_get(Address);
-}
-
-uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse(const uint16_t Address)
-{
- return boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(Address);
-}
-
-uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadLock(void)
-{
- return boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_LOCK_BITS);
-}
-
-void BootloaderAPI_WriteLock(const uint8_t LockBits)
-{
- boot_lock_bits_set_safe(LockBits);
-}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPI.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPI.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5169bbc3c4..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPI.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for BootloaderAPI.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _BOOTLOADER_API_H_
-#define _BOOTLOADER_API_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
- #include <avr/boot.h>
- #include <stdbool.h>
-
- #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
-
- #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- void BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address);
- void BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address);
- void BootloaderAPI_FillWord(const uint32_t Address, const uint16_t Word);
- uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature(const uint16_t Address);
- uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse(const uint16_t Address);
- uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadLock(void);
- void BootloaderAPI_WriteLock(const uint8_t LockBits);
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPITable.S b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPITable.S
deleted file mode 100644
index 2c60f84e8d..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPITable.S
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-; Trampolines to actual API implementations if the target address is outside the
-; range of a rjmp instruction (can happen with large bootloader sections)
-.section .apitable_trampolines, "ax"
-.global BootloaderAPI_Trampolines
-BootloaderAPI_Trampolines:
-
- BootloaderAPI_ErasePage_Trampoline:
- jmp BootloaderAPI_ErasePage
- BootloaderAPI_WritePage_Trampoline:
- jmp BootloaderAPI_WritePage
- BootloaderAPI_FillWord_Trampoline:
- jmp BootloaderAPI_FillWord
- BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature_Trampoline:
- jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature
- BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse_Trampoline:
- jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse
- BootloaderAPI_ReadLock_Trampoline:
- jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadLock
- BootloaderAPI_WriteLock_Trampoline:
- jmp BootloaderAPI_WriteLock
- BootloaderAPI_UNUSED1:
- ret
- BootloaderAPI_UNUSED2:
- ret
- BootloaderAPI_UNUSED3:
- ret
- BootloaderAPI_UNUSED4:
- ret
- BootloaderAPI_UNUSED5:
- ret
-
-
-
-; API function jump table
-.section .apitable_jumptable, "ax"
-.global BootloaderAPI_JumpTable
-BootloaderAPI_JumpTable:
-
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_ErasePage_Trampoline
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_WritePage_Trampoline
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_FillWord_Trampoline
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature_Trampoline
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse_Trampoline
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadLock_Trampoline
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_WriteLock_Trampoline
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED1 ; UNUSED ENTRY 1
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED2 ; UNUSED ENTRY 2
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED3 ; UNUSED ENTRY 3
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED4 ; UNUSED ENTRY 4
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED5 ; UNUSED ENTRY 5
-
-
-
-; Bootloader table signatures and information
-.section .apitable_signatures, "ax"
-.global BootloaderAPI_Signatures
-BootloaderAPI_Signatures:
-
- .long BOOT_START_ADDR ; Start address of the bootloader
- .word 0xDF00 ; Signature for the CDC class bootloader
- .word 0xDCFB ; Signature for a LUFA class bootloader
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.c b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.c
deleted file mode 100644
index aa17bc15bd..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,673 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Main source file for the CDC class bootloader. This file contains the complete bootloader logic.
- */
-
-#define INCLUDE_FROM_BOOTLOADERCDC_C
-#include "BootloaderCDC.h"
-
-/** Contains the current baud rate and other settings of the first virtual serial port. This must be retained as some
- * operating systems will not open the port unless the settings can be set successfully.
- */
-static CDC_LineEncoding_t LineEncoding = { .BaudRateBPS = 0,
- .CharFormat = CDC_LINEENCODING_OneStopBit,
- .ParityType = CDC_PARITY_None,
- .DataBits = 8 };
-
-/** Current address counter. This stores the current address of the FLASH or EEPROM as set by the host,
- * and is used when reading or writing to the AVRs memory (either FLASH or EEPROM depending on the issued
- * command.)
- */
-static uint32_t CurrAddress;
-
-/** Flag to indicate if the bootloader should be running, or should exit and allow the application code to run
- * via a watchdog reset. When cleared the bootloader will exit, starting the watchdog and entering an infinite
- * loop until the AVR restarts and the application runs.
- */
-static bool RunBootloader = true;
-
-/** Magic lock for forced application start. If the HWBE fuse is programmed and BOOTRST is unprogrammed, the bootloader
- * will start if the /HWB line of the AVR is held low and the system is reset. However, if the /HWB line is still held
- * low when the application attempts to start via a watchdog reset, the bootloader will re-start. If set to the value
- * \ref MAGIC_BOOT_KEY the special init function \ref Application_Jump_Check() will force the application to start.
- */
-uint16_t MagicBootKey ATTR_NO_INIT;
-
-
-/** Special startup routine to check if the bootloader was started via a watchdog reset, and if the magic application
- * start key has been loaded into \ref MagicBootKey. If the bootloader started via the watchdog and the key is valid,
- * this will force the user application to start via a software jump.
- */
-void Application_Jump_Check(void)
-{
- bool JumpToApplication = false;
-
- #if (BOARD == BOARD_LEONARDO)
- /* Enable pull-up on the IO13 pin so we can use it to select the mode */
- PORTC |= (1 << 7);
- Delay_MS(10);
-
- /* If IO13 is not jumpered to ground, start the user application instead */
- JumpToApplication = ((PINC & (1 << 7)) != 0);
-
- /* Disable pull-up after the check has completed */
- PORTC &= ~(1 << 7);
- #elif ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
- /* Disable JTAG debugging */
- JTAG_DISABLE();
-
- /* Enable pull-up on the JTAG TCK pin so we can use it to select the mode */
- PORTF |= (1 << 4);
- Delay_MS(10);
-
- /* If the TCK pin is not jumpered to ground, start the user application instead */
- JumpToApplication = ((PINF & (1 << 4)) != 0);
-
- /* Re-enable JTAG debugging */
- JTAG_ENABLE();
- #else
- /* Check if the device's BOOTRST fuse is set */
- if (boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_HIGH_FUSE_BITS) & FUSE_BOOTRST)
- {
- /* If the reset source was not an external reset or the key is correct, clear it and jump to the application */
- if (!(MCUSR & (1 << EXTRF)) || (MagicBootKey == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
- JumpToApplication = true;
-
- /* Clear reset source */
- MCUSR &= ~(1 << EXTRF);
- }
- else
- {
- /* If the reset source was the bootloader and the key is correct, clear it and jump to the application;
- * this can happen in the HWBE fuse is set, and the HBE pin is low during the watchdog reset */
- if ((MCUSR & (1 << WDRF)) && (MagicBootKey == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
- JumpToApplication = true;
-
- /* Clear reset source */
- MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Don't run the user application if the reset vector is blank (no app loaded) */
- bool ApplicationValid = (pgm_read_word_near(0) != 0xFFFF);
-
- /* If a request has been made to jump to the user application, honor it */
- if (JumpToApplication && ApplicationValid)
- {
- /* Turn off the watchdog */
- MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
- wdt_disable();
-
- /* Clear the boot key and jump to the user application */
- MagicBootKey = 0;
-
- // cppcheck-suppress constStatement
- ((void (*)(void))0x0000)();
- }
-}
-
-/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the bootloader, then continuously
- * runs the bootloader processing routine until instructed to soft-exit, or hard-reset via the watchdog to start
- * the loaded application code.
- */
-int main(void)
-{
- /* Setup hardware required for the bootloader */
- SetupHardware();
-
- /* Turn on first LED on the board to indicate that the bootloader has started */
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_LED1);
-
- /* Enable global interrupts so that the USB stack can function */
- GlobalInterruptEnable();
-
- while (RunBootloader)
- {
- CDC_Task();
- USB_USBTask();
- }
-
- /* Wait a short time to end all USB transactions and then disconnect */
- _delay_us(1000);
-
- /* Disconnect from the host - USB interface will be reset later along with the AVR */
- USB_Detach();
-
- /* Unlock the forced application start mode of the bootloader if it is restarted */
- MagicBootKey = MAGIC_BOOT_KEY;
-
- /* Enable the watchdog and force a timeout to reset the AVR */
- wdt_enable(WDTO_250MS);
-
- for (;;);
-}
-
-/** Configures all hardware required for the bootloader. */
-static void SetupHardware(void)
-{
- /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
- MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
- wdt_disable();
-
- /* Disable clock division */
- clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
-
- /* Relocate the interrupt vector table to the bootloader section */
- MCUCR = (1 << IVCE);
- MCUCR = (1 << IVSEL);
-
- /* Initialize the USB and other board hardware drivers */
- USB_Init();
- LEDs_Init();
-
- /* Bootloader active LED toggle timer initialization */
- TIMSK1 = (1 << TOIE1);
- TCCR1B = ((1 << CS11) | (1 << CS10));
-}
-
-/** ISR to periodically toggle the LEDs on the board to indicate that the bootloader is active. */
-ISR(TIMER1_OVF_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
-{
- LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This configures the device's endpoints ready
- * to relay data to and from the attached USB host.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
-{
- /* Setup CDC Notification, Rx and Tx Endpoints */
- Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT,
- CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, 1);
-
- Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_TX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1);
-
- Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
- * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
- * internally.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
-{
- /* Ignore any requests that aren't directed to the CDC interface */
- if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & (CONTROL_REQTYPE_TYPE | CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT)) !=
- (REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
- {
- return;
- }
-
- /* Activity - toggle indicator LEDs */
- LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
-
- /* Process CDC specific control requests */
- switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
- {
- case CDC_REQ_GetLineEncoding:
- if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
- {
- Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-
- /* Write the line coding data to the control endpoint */
- Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&LineEncoding, sizeof(CDC_LineEncoding_t));
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
- }
-
- break;
- case CDC_REQ_SetLineEncoding:
- if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
- {
- Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-
- /* Read the line coding data in from the host into the global struct */
- Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(&LineEncoding, sizeof(CDC_LineEncoding_t));
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
- }
-
- break;
- case CDC_REQ_SetControlLineState:
- if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
- {
- Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
- Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
- }
-
- break;
- }
-}
-
-#if !defined(NO_BLOCK_SUPPORT)
-/** Reads or writes a block of EEPROM or FLASH memory to or from the appropriate CDC data endpoint, depending
- * on the AVR109 protocol command issued.
- *
- * \param[in] Command Single character AVR109 protocol command indicating what memory operation to perform
- */
-static void ReadWriteMemoryBlock(const uint8_t Command)
-{
- uint16_t BlockSize;
- char MemoryType;
-
- uint8_t HighByte = 0;
- uint8_t LowByte = 0;
-
- BlockSize = (FetchNextCommandByte() << 8);
- BlockSize |= FetchNextCommandByte();
-
- MemoryType = FetchNextCommandByte();
-
- if ((MemoryType != MEMORY_TYPE_FLASH) && (MemoryType != MEMORY_TYPE_EEPROM))
- {
- /* Send error byte back to the host */
- WriteNextResponseByte('?');
-
- return;
- }
-
- /* Check if command is to read a memory block */
- if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_BlockRead)
- {
- /* Re-enable RWW section */
- boot_rww_enable();
-
- while (BlockSize--)
- {
- if (MemoryType == MEMORY_TYPE_FLASH)
- {
- /* Read the next FLASH byte from the current FLASH page */
- #if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
- WriteNextResponseByte(pgm_read_byte_far(CurrAddress | HighByte));
- #else
- WriteNextResponseByte(pgm_read_byte(CurrAddress | HighByte));
- #endif
-
- /* If both bytes in current word have been read, increment the address counter */
- if (HighByte)
- CurrAddress += 2;
-
- HighByte = !HighByte;
- }
- else
- {
- /* Read the next EEPROM byte into the endpoint */
- WriteNextResponseByte(eeprom_read_byte((uint8_t*)(intptr_t)(CurrAddress >> 1)));
-
- /* Increment the address counter after use */
- CurrAddress += 2;
- }
- }
- }
- else
- {
- uint32_t PageStartAddress = CurrAddress;
-
- if (MemoryType == MEMORY_TYPE_FLASH)
- {
- boot_page_erase(PageStartAddress);
- boot_spm_busy_wait();
- }
-
- while (BlockSize--)
- {
- if (MemoryType == MEMORY_TYPE_FLASH)
- {
- /* If both bytes in current word have been written, increment the address counter */
- if (HighByte)
- {
- /* Write the next FLASH word to the current FLASH page */
- boot_page_fill(CurrAddress, ((FetchNextCommandByte() << 8) | LowByte));
-
- /* Increment the address counter after use */
- CurrAddress += 2;
- }
- else
- {
- LowByte = FetchNextCommandByte();
- }
-
- HighByte = !HighByte;
- }
- else
- {
- /* Write the next EEPROM byte from the endpoint */
- eeprom_update_byte((uint8_t*)((intptr_t)(CurrAddress >> 1)), FetchNextCommandByte());
-
- /* Increment the address counter after use */
- CurrAddress += 2;
- }
- }
-
- /* If in FLASH programming mode, commit the page after writing */
- if (MemoryType == MEMORY_TYPE_FLASH)
- {
- /* Commit the flash page to memory */
- boot_page_write(PageStartAddress);
-
- /* Wait until write operation has completed */
- boot_spm_busy_wait();
- }
-
- /* Send response byte back to the host */
- WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
- }
-}
-#endif
-
-/** Retrieves the next byte from the host in the CDC data OUT endpoint, and clears the endpoint bank if needed
- * to allow reception of the next data packet from the host.
- *
- * \return Next received byte from the host in the CDC data OUT endpoint
- */
-static uint8_t FetchNextCommandByte(void)
-{
- /* Select the OUT endpoint so that the next data byte can be read */
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPADDR);
-
- /* If OUT endpoint empty, clear it and wait for the next packet from the host */
- while (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
- {
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
- while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
- {
- if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
- return 0;
- }
- }
-
- /* Fetch the next byte from the OUT endpoint */
- return Endpoint_Read_8();
-}
-
-/** Writes the next response byte to the CDC data IN endpoint, and sends the endpoint back if needed to free up the
- * bank when full ready for the next byte in the packet to the host.
- *
- * \param[in] Response Next response byte to send to the host
- */
-static void WriteNextResponseByte(const uint8_t Response)
-{
- /* Select the IN endpoint so that the next data byte can be written */
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_TX_EPADDR);
-
- /* If IN endpoint full, clear it and wait until ready for the next packet to the host */
- if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
- {
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
- {
- if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
- return;
- }
- }
-
- /* Write the next byte to the IN endpoint */
- Endpoint_Write_8(Response);
-}
-
-/** Task to read in AVR109 commands from the CDC data OUT endpoint, process them, perform the required actions
- * and send the appropriate response back to the host.
- */
-static void CDC_Task(void)
-{
- /* Select the OUT endpoint */
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPADDR);
-
- /* Check if endpoint has a command in it sent from the host */
- if (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
- return;
-
- /* Read in the bootloader command (first byte sent from host) */
- uint8_t Command = FetchNextCommandByte();
-
- if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ExitBootloader)
- {
- RunBootloader = false;
-
- /* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
- WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
- }
- else if ((Command == AVR109_COMMAND_SetLED) || (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ClearLED) ||
- (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_SelectDeviceType))
- {
- FetchNextCommandByte();
-
- /* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
- WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
- }
- else if ((Command == AVR109_COMMAND_EnterProgrammingMode) || (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_LeaveProgrammingMode))
- {
- /* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
- WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
- }
- else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadPartCode)
- {
- /* Return ATMEGA128 part code - this is only to allow AVRProg to use the bootloader */
- WriteNextResponseByte(0x44);
- WriteNextResponseByte(0x00);
- }
- else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadAutoAddressIncrement)
- {
- /* Indicate auto-address increment is supported */
- WriteNextResponseByte('Y');
- }
- else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_SetCurrentAddress)
- {
- /* Set the current address to that given by the host (translate 16-bit word address to byte address) */
- CurrAddress = (FetchNextCommandByte() << 9);
- CurrAddress |= (FetchNextCommandByte() << 1);
-
- /* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
- WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
- }
- else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadBootloaderInterface)
- {
- /* Indicate serial programmer back to the host */
- WriteNextResponseByte('S');
- }
- else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadBootloaderIdentifier)
- {
- /* Write the 7-byte software identifier to the endpoint */
- for (uint8_t CurrByte = 0; CurrByte < 7; CurrByte++)
- WriteNextResponseByte(SOFTWARE_IDENTIFIER[CurrByte]);
- }
- else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadBootloaderSWVersion)
- {
- WriteNextResponseByte('0' + BOOTLOADER_VERSION_MAJOR);
- WriteNextResponseByte('0' + BOOTLOADER_VERSION_MINOR);
- }
- else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadSignature)
- {
- WriteNextResponseByte(AVR_SIGNATURE_3);
- WriteNextResponseByte(AVR_SIGNATURE_2);
- WriteNextResponseByte(AVR_SIGNATURE_1);
- }
- else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_EraseFLASH)
- {
- /* Clear the application section of flash */
- for (uint32_t CurrFlashAddress = 0; CurrFlashAddress < (uint32_t)BOOT_START_ADDR; CurrFlashAddress += SPM_PAGESIZE)
- {
- boot_page_erase(CurrFlashAddress);
- boot_spm_busy_wait();
- boot_page_write(CurrFlashAddress);
- boot_spm_busy_wait();
- }
-
- /* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
- WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
- }
- #if !defined(NO_LOCK_BYTE_WRITE_SUPPORT)
- else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_WriteLockbits)
- {
- /* Set the lock bits to those given by the host */
- boot_lock_bits_set(FetchNextCommandByte());
-
- /* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
- WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
- }
- #endif
- else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadLockbits)
- {
- WriteNextResponseByte(boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_LOCK_BITS));
- }
- else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadLowFuses)
- {
- WriteNextResponseByte(boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_LOW_FUSE_BITS));
- }
- else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadHighFuses)
- {
- WriteNextResponseByte(boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_HIGH_FUSE_BITS));
- }
- else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadExtendedFuses)
- {
- WriteNextResponseByte(boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_EXTENDED_FUSE_BITS));
- }
- #if !defined(NO_BLOCK_SUPPORT)
- else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_GetBlockWriteSupport)
- {
- WriteNextResponseByte('Y');
-
- /* Send block size to the host */
- WriteNextResponseByte(SPM_PAGESIZE >> 8);
- WriteNextResponseByte(SPM_PAGESIZE & 0xFF);
- }
- else if ((Command == AVR109_COMMAND_BlockWrite) || (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_BlockRead))
- {
- /* Delegate the block write/read to a separate function for clarity */
- ReadWriteMemoryBlock(Command);
- }
- #endif
- #if !defined(NO_FLASH_BYTE_SUPPORT)
- else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_FillFlashPageWordHigh)
- {
- /* Write the high byte to the current flash page */
- boot_page_fill(CurrAddress, FetchNextCommandByte());
-
- /* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
- WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
- }
- else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_FillFlashPageWordLow)
- {
- /* Write the low byte to the current flash page */
- boot_page_fill(CurrAddress | 0x01, FetchNextCommandByte());
-
- /* Increment the address */
- CurrAddress += 2;
-
- /* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
- WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
- }
- else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_WriteFlashPage)
- {
- /* Commit the flash page to memory */
- boot_page_write(CurrAddress);
-
- /* Wait until write operation has completed */
- boot_spm_busy_wait();
-
- /* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
- WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
- }
- else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadFLASHWord)
- {
- #if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
- uint16_t ProgramWord = pgm_read_word_far(CurrAddress);
- #else
- uint16_t ProgramWord = pgm_read_word(CurrAddress);
- #endif
-
- WriteNextResponseByte(ProgramWord >> 8);
- WriteNextResponseByte(ProgramWord & 0xFF);
- }
- #endif
- #if !defined(NO_EEPROM_BYTE_SUPPORT)
- else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_WriteEEPROM)
- {
- /* Read the byte from the endpoint and write it to the EEPROM */
- eeprom_update_byte((uint8_t*)((intptr_t)(CurrAddress >> 1)), FetchNextCommandByte());
-
- /* Increment the address after use */
- CurrAddress += 2;
-
- /* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
- WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
- }
- else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadEEPROM)
- {
- /* Read the EEPROM byte and write it to the endpoint */
- WriteNextResponseByte(eeprom_read_byte((uint8_t*)((intptr_t)(CurrAddress >> 1))));
-
- /* Increment the address after use */
- CurrAddress += 2;
- }
- #endif
- else if (Command != AVR109_COMMAND_Sync)
- {
- /* Unknown (non-sync) command, return fail code */
- WriteNextResponseByte('?');
- }
-
- /* Select the IN endpoint */
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_TX_EPADDR);
-
- /* Remember if the endpoint is completely full before clearing it */
- bool IsEndpointFull = !(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed());
-
- /* Send the endpoint data to the host */
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- /* If a full endpoint's worth of data was sent, we need to send an empty packet afterwards to signal end of transfer */
- if (IsEndpointFull)
- {
- while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
- {
- if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
- return;
- }
-
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
- }
-
- /* Wait until the data has been sent to the host */
- while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
- {
- if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
- return;
- }
-
- /* Select the OUT endpoint */
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPADDR);
-
- /* Acknowledge the command from the host */
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b6543aa738..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,144 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for BootloaderCDC.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _CDC_H_
-#define _CDC_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
- #include <avr/wdt.h>
- #include <avr/boot.h>
- #include <avr/eeprom.h>
- #include <avr/power.h>
- #include <avr/interrupt.h>
- #include <stdbool.h>
-
- #include "Descriptors.h"
- #include "BootloaderAPI.h"
- #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
-
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
- #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__OPTIMIZE_SIZE__)
- #error This bootloader requires that it be optimized for size, not speed, to fit into the target device. Change optimization settings and try again.
- #endif
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** Version major of the CDC bootloader. */
- #define BOOTLOADER_VERSION_MAJOR 0x01
-
- /** Version minor of the CDC bootloader. */
- #define BOOTLOADER_VERSION_MINOR 0x00
-
- /** Hardware version major of the CDC bootloader. */
- #define BOOTLOADER_HWVERSION_MAJOR 0x01
-
- /** Hardware version minor of the CDC bootloader. */
- #define BOOTLOADER_HWVERSION_MINOR 0x00
-
- /** Eight character bootloader firmware identifier reported to the host when requested. */
- #define SOFTWARE_IDENTIFIER "LUFACDC"
-
- /** Magic bootloader key to unlock forced application start mode. */
- #define MAGIC_BOOT_KEY 0xDC42
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Possible memory types that can be addressed via the bootloader. */
- enum AVR109_Memories
- {
- MEMORY_TYPE_FLASH = 'F',
- MEMORY_TYPE_EEPROM = 'E',
- };
-
- /** Possible commands that can be issued to the bootloader. */
- enum AVR109_Commands
- {
- AVR109_COMMAND_Sync = 27,
- AVR109_COMMAND_ReadEEPROM = 'd',
- AVR109_COMMAND_WriteEEPROM = 'D',
- AVR109_COMMAND_ReadFLASHWord = 'R',
- AVR109_COMMAND_WriteFlashPage = 'm',
- AVR109_COMMAND_FillFlashPageWordLow = 'c',
- AVR109_COMMAND_FillFlashPageWordHigh = 'C',
- AVR109_COMMAND_GetBlockWriteSupport = 'b',
- AVR109_COMMAND_BlockWrite = 'B',
- AVR109_COMMAND_BlockRead = 'g',
- AVR109_COMMAND_ReadExtendedFuses = 'Q',
- AVR109_COMMAND_ReadHighFuses = 'N',
- AVR109_COMMAND_ReadLowFuses = 'F',
- AVR109_COMMAND_ReadLockbits = 'r',
- AVR109_COMMAND_WriteLockbits = 'l',
- AVR109_COMMAND_EraseFLASH = 'e',
- AVR109_COMMAND_ReadSignature = 's',
- AVR109_COMMAND_ReadBootloaderSWVersion = 'V',
- AVR109_COMMAND_ReadBootloaderHWVersion = 'v',
- AVR109_COMMAND_ReadBootloaderIdentifier = 'S',
- AVR109_COMMAND_ReadBootloaderInterface = 'p',
- AVR109_COMMAND_SetCurrentAddress = 'A',
- AVR109_COMMAND_ReadAutoAddressIncrement = 'a',
- AVR109_COMMAND_ReadPartCode = 't',
- AVR109_COMMAND_EnterProgrammingMode = 'P',
- AVR109_COMMAND_LeaveProgrammingMode = 'L',
- AVR109_COMMAND_SelectDeviceType = 'T',
- AVR109_COMMAND_SetLED = 'x',
- AVR109_COMMAND_ClearLED = 'y',
- AVR109_COMMAND_ExitBootloader = 'E',
- };
-
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** Type define for a non-returning pointer to the start of the loaded application in flash memory. */
- typedef void (*AppPtr_t)(void) ATTR_NO_RETURN;
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- static void CDC_Task(void);
- static void SetupHardware(void);
-
- void Application_Jump_Check(void) ATTR_INIT_SECTION(3);
-
- void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
-
- #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_BOOTLOADERCDC_C) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- #if !defined(NO_BLOCK_SUPPORT)
- static void ReadWriteMemoryBlock(const uint8_t Command);
- #endif
- static uint8_t FetchNextCommandByte(void);
- static void WriteNextResponseByte(const uint8_t Response);
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.txt b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index f8c349cded..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,242 +0,0 @@
-/** \file
- *
- * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/** \mainpage CDC Class USB AVR Bootloader
- *
- * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
- *
- * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
- *
- * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
- * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
- * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
- * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
- *
- * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
- *
- * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
- * <td>Device</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
- * <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
- * <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
- * <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
- * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
- * </tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
- *
- * This bootloader enumerates to the host as a CDC Class device (virtual serial port), allowing for AVR109
- * protocol compatible programming software to load firmware onto the AVR.
- *
- * Out of the box this bootloader builds for the AT90USB1287 with an 8KB bootloader section size, and will fit
- * into 4KB of bootloader space. If you wish to alter this size and/or change the AVR model, you will need to
- * edit the MCU, FLASH_SIZE_KB and BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB values in the accompanying makefile.
- *
- * When the bootloader is running, the board's LED(s) will flash at regular intervals to distinguish the
- * bootloader from the normal user application.
- *
- * \warning <b>THIS BOOTLOADER IS NOT SECURE.</b> Malicious entities can recover written data, even if the device
- * lockbits are set.
- *
- * \section Sec_Running Running the Bootloader
- *
- * On the USB AVR8 devices, setting the \c HWBE device fuse will cause the bootloader to run if the \c HWB pin of
- * the AVR is grounded when the device is reset.
- *
- * The are two behaviours of this bootloader, depending on the device's fuses:
- *
- * <b>If the device's BOOTRST fuse is set</b>, the bootloader will run any time the system is reset from
- * the external reset pin, unless no valid user application has been loaded. To initiate the bootloader, the
- * device's external reset pin should be grounded momentarily.
- *
- * <b>If the device's BOOTRST fuse is not set</b>, the bootloader will run only if initiated via a software
- * jump, or if the \c HWB pin was low during the last device reset (if the \c HWBE fuse is set).
- *
- * For board specific exceptions to the above, see below.
- *
- * \subsection SSec_XPLAIN Atmel Xplain Board
- * Ground the USB AVR JTAG's \c TCK pin to ground when powering on the board to start the bootloader. This assumes the
- * \c HWBE fuse is cleared and the \c BOOTRST fuse is set as the HWBE pin is not user accessible on this board.
- *
- * \subsection SSec_Leonardo Arduino Leonardo Board
- * Ground \c IO13 when powering the board to start the bootloader. This assumes the \c HWBE fuse is cleared and the
- * \c BOOTRST fuse is set as the HWBE pin is not user accessible on this board.
- *
- * \section Sec_Installation Driver Installation
- *
- * After running this bootloader for the first time on a new computer, you will need to supply the .INF
- * file located in this bootloader project's directory as the device's driver when running under Windows.
- * This will enable Windows to use its inbuilt CDC drivers, negating the need for custom drivers for the
- * device. Other Operating Systems should automatically use their own inbuilt CDC-ACM drivers.
- *
- * \section Sec_HostApp Host Controller Application
- *
- * This bootloader is compatible with the open source application AVRDUDE, Atmel's AVRPROG, or other
- * applications implementing the AVR109 protocol, which is documented on the Atmel website as an application
- * note.
- *
- * \subsection SSec_AVRDude AVRDUDE (Windows, Mac, Linux)
- *
- * AVRDude is a free, cross-platform and open source command line programmer for Atmel and third party AVR
- * programmers. It is available on the the Windows platform as part of the "WinAVR" package, or on other systems
- * either from a build from the official source code, or in many distributions as a precompiled binary package.
- *
- * To load a new HEX file with AVRDude, specify "AVR109" as the programmer, with the allocated COM port. On Windows
- * platforms this will be a COMx port name:
- * \code
- * avrdude -c AVR109 -p at90usb1287 -P COM0 -U flash:w:Mouse.hex
- * \endcode
- *
- * On Linux systems, this will typically be a /dev/ttyACMx port name:
- * \code
- * avrdude -c AVR109 -p at90usb1287 -P /dev/ttyACM0 -U flash:w:Mouse.hex
- * \endcode
- *
- * Refer to the AVRDude project documentation for additional usage instructions.
- *
- * \section Sec_API User Application API
- *
- * Several user application functions for FLASH and other special memory area manipulations are exposed by the bootloader,
- * allowing the user application to call into the bootloader at runtime to read and write FLASH data.
- *
- * By default, the bootloader API jump table is located 32 bytes from the end of the device's FLASH memory, and follows the
- * following layout:
- *
- * \code
- * #define BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE 32
- * #define BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START ((FLASHEND + 1UL) - BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE)
- * #define BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(Index) (void*)((BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (Index * 2)) / 2)
- *
- * void (*BootloaderAPI_ErasePage)(uint32_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(0);
- * void (*BootloaderAPI_WritePage)(uint32_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(1);
- * void (*BootloaderAPI_FillWord)(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Word) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(2);
- * uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature)(uint16_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(3);
- * uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse)(uint16_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(4);
- * uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadLock)(void) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(5);
- * void (*BootloaderAPI_WriteLock)(uint8_t LockBits) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(6);
- *
- * #define BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE_START (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 2))
- * #define BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE 0xDCFB
- *
- * #define BOOTLOADER_CLASS_SIGNATURE_START (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 4))
- * #define BOOTLOADER_CDC_SIGNATURE 0xDF00
- *
- * #define BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_START (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 8))
- * #define BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_LENGTH 4
- * \endcode
- *
- * From the application the API support of the bootloader can be detected by reading the FLASH memory bytes located at address
- * \c BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE_START and comparing them to the value \c BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE. The class of bootloader
- * can be determined by reading the FLASH memory bytes located at address \c BOOTLOADER_CLASS_SIGNATURE_START and comparing them
- * to the value \c BOOTLOADER_CDC_SIGNATURE. The start address of the bootloader can be retrieved by reading the bytes of FLASH
- * memory starting from address \c BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_START.
- *
- * \subsection SSec_API_MemLayout Device Memory Map
- * The following illustration indicates the final memory map of the device when loaded with the bootloader.
- *
- * \verbatim
- * +----------------------------+ 0x0000
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | User Application |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - BOOT_SECTION_SIZE
- * | |
- * | Bootloader Application |
- * | (Not User App. Accessible) |
- * | |
- * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 96
- * | API Table Trampolines |
- * | (Not User App. Accessible) |
- * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 32
- * | Bootloader API Table |
- * | (User App. Accessible) |
- * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 8
- * | Bootloader ID Constants |
- * | (User App. Accessible) |
- * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND
- * \endverbatim
- *
- * \section Sec_KnownIssues Known Issues:
- *
- * \par On Linux machines, the CDC bootloader is unstable or inaccessible.
- * A change to the \c ModemManager module in many Linux distributions causes
- * this module to try to take control over inserted CDC devices, corrupting the
- * datastream. A UDEV rule is required to prevent this.
- * See <a href=https://groups.google.com/d/msg/lufa-support/CP9cy2bc8yo/kBqsOu-RBeMJ>here</a> for resolution steps.
- * If the issue still persists then uninstall modemmanager by executing <tt>sudo apt-get remove modemmanager</tt>, or
- * the equivalent using your chosen distribution's package manager.
- *
- * \par On Linux machines, the CDC bootloader is inaccessible.
- * On many Linux systems, non-root users do not have automatic access to newly
- * inserted CDC devices. Root privileges or a UDEV rule is required to gain
- * access.
- * See <a href=https://groups.google.com/d/msg/lufa-support/CP9cy2bc8yo/kBqsOu-RBeMJ>here</a> for resolution steps.
- *
- * \section Sec_Options Project Options
- *
- * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr>
- * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
- * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
- * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>NO_BLOCK_SUPPORT</td>
- * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
- * <td>Define to disable memory block read/write support in the bootloader, requiring all reads and writes to be made
- * using the byte-level commands.</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>NO_EEPROM_BYTE_SUPPORT</td>
- * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
- * <td>Define to disable EEPROM memory byte read/write support in the bootloader, requiring all EEPROM reads and writes
- * to be made using the block-level commands.</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>NO_FLASH_BYTE_SUPPORT</td>
- * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
- * <td>Define to disable FLASH memory byte read/write support in the bootloader, requiring all FLASH reads and writes
- * to be made using the block-level commands.</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>NO_LOCK_BYTE_WRITE_SUPPORT</td>
- * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
- * <td>Define to disable lock byte write support in the bootloader, preventing the lock bits from being set programmatically.</td>
- * </tr>
- * </table>
- */
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/Config/AppConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/Config/AppConfig.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 22972b72fe..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/Config/AppConfig.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Application Configuration Header File
- *
- * This is a header file which is be used to configure LUFA's
- * compile time options, as an alternative to the compile time
- * constants supplied through a makefile.
- *
- * For information on what each token does, refer to the
- * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
- */
-
-#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
-#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
-
-// #define NO_BLOCK_SUPPORT
-// #define NO_EEPROM_BYTE_SUPPORT
-// #define NO_FLASH_BYTE_SUPPORT
-// #define NO_LOCK_BYTE_WRITE_SUPPORT
-
-#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/Config/LUFAConfig.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5aa0e765bf..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/Config/LUFAConfig.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
- *
- * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
- * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
- * a makefile.
- *
- * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
- * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
- */
-
-#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
-#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
-
- #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-
- /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
-// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
-
- /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
-// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
-// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
-
- /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
- #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
- #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
- #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
-// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
-// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
- #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
-
- /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
- #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
-// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
-// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
- #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
- #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
- #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
- #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
-// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
-// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
- #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
- #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
-
- /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
-// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
-// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
-// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
-
- #else
-
- #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
-
- #endif
-#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/Descriptors.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6276570373..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/Descriptors.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,244 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
- * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
- * the device's capabilities and functions.
- */
-
-#include "Descriptors.h"
-
-/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the overall
- * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
- * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
- * process begins.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_Device_t DeviceDescriptor =
-{
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
-
- .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
- .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
- .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass,
- .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol,
-
- .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
-
- .VendorID = 0x03EB,
- .ProductID = 0x204A,
- .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0),
-
- .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
- .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
- .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
-
- .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
-};
-
-/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the usage
- * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
- * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
- * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t ConfigurationDescriptor =
-{
- .Config =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
-
- .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
- .TotalInterfaces = 2,
-
- .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
- .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
-
- .ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
-
- .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
- },
-
- .CDC_CCI_Interface =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
-
- .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
- .AlternateSetting = 0,
-
- .TotalEndpoints = 1,
-
- .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
- .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
- .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
-
- .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
- },
-
- .CDC_Functional_Header =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
- .Subtype = 0x00,
-
- .CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
- },
-
- .CDC_Functional_ACM =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
- .Subtype = 0x02,
-
- .Capabilities = 0x02,
- },
-
- .CDC_Functional_Union =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
- .Subtype = 0x06,
-
- .MasterInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
- .SlaveInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
- },
-
- .CDC_NotificationEndpoint =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
-
- .EndpointAddress = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
- .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
- .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
- .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
- },
-
- .CDC_DCI_Interface =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
-
- .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
- .AlternateSetting = 0,
-
- .TotalEndpoints = 2,
-
- .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
- .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
- .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
-
- .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
- },
-
- .CDC_DataOutEndpoint =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
-
- .EndpointAddress = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
- .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
- .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
- .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
- },
-
- .CDC_DataInEndpoint =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
-
- .EndpointAddress = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
- .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
- .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
- .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
- }
-};
-
-/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, is returned when the host requests
- * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
- * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_String_t LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
-
-/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
- * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
- * Descriptor.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_String_t ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
-
-/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
- * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
- * Descriptor.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_String_t ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA CDC");
-
-/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see LUFA library "USB Descriptors"
- * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
- * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
- * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
- * USB host.
- */
-uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
- const uint16_t wIndex,
- const void** const DescriptorAddress)
-{
- const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
- const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
-
- const void* Address = NULL;
- uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
-
- switch (DescriptorType)
- {
- case DTYPE_Device:
- Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
- Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
- break;
- case DTYPE_Configuration:
- Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
- Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
- break;
- case DTYPE_String:
- if (DescriptorNumber == STRING_ID_Language)
- {
- Address = &LanguageString;
- Size = LanguageString.Header.Size;
- }
- else if (DescriptorNumber == STRING_ID_Manufacturer)
- {
- Address = &ManufacturerString;
- Size = ManufacturerString.Header.Size;
- }
- else if (DescriptorNumber == STRING_ID_Product)
- {
- Address = &ProductString;
- Size = ProductString.Header.Size;
- }
-
- break;
- }
-
- *DescriptorAddress = Address;
- return Size;
-}
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/Descriptors.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a6fbf5262b..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/Descriptors.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,158 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for Descriptors.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
-#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
-
- #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
-
- /* Macros: */
- #if defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__)
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x97
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
- #elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__)
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x96
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
- #elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__)
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x97
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
- #elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__)
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x96
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
- #elif defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__)
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x95
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x87
- #elif defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__)
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x94
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x88
- #elif defined(__AVR_ATmega32U2__)
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x95
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x8A
- #elif defined(__AVR_ATmega16U2__)
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x94
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x89
- #elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB162__)
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x94
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
- #elif defined(__AVR_ATmega8U2__)
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x93
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x89
- #elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB82__)
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x93
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
- #else
- #error The selected AVR part is not currently supported by this bootloader.
- #endif
-
- /** Endpoint address for the CDC control interface event notification endpoint. */
- #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2)
-
- /** Endpoint address for the CDC data interface TX (data IN) endpoint. */
- #define CDC_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
-
- /** Endpoint address for the CDC data interface RX (data OUT) endpoint. */
- #define CDC_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
-
- /** Size of the CDC data interface TX and RX data endpoint banks, in bytes. */
- #define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16
-
- /** Size of the CDC control interface notification endpoint bank, in bytes. */
- #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
-
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
- * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
- * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
-
- // CDC Control Interface
- USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_CCI_Interface;
- USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC_Functional_Header;
- USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC_Functional_ACM;
- USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC_Functional_Union;
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_NotificationEndpoint;
-
- // CDC Data Interface
- USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_DCI_Interface;
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataOutEndpoint;
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataInEndpoint;
- } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
-
- /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
- * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
- * interface from other descriptors.
- */
- enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
- {
- INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */
- INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */
- };
-
- /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
- * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
- * other descriptors.
- */
- enum StringDescriptors_t
- {
- STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
- STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
- STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
- };
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
- const uint16_t wIndex,
- const void** const DescriptorAddress)
- ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/LUFA CDC Bootloader.inf b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/LUFA CDC Bootloader.inf
deleted file mode 100644
index 61624c7318..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/LUFA CDC Bootloader.inf
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-;************************************************************
-; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
-; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
-;************************************************************
-
-[DefaultInstall]
-CopyINF="LUFA CDC Bootloader.inf"
-
-[Version]
-Signature="$Windows NT$"
-Class=Ports
-ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
-Provider=%MFGNAME%
-DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
-
-[Manufacturer]
-%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
-
-[SourceDisksNames]
-
-[SourceDisksFiles]
-
-[DestinationDirs]
-DefaultDestDir=12
-
-[DriverInstall]
-Include=mdmcpq.inf
-CopyFiles=FakeModemCopyFileSection
-AddReg=DriverInstall.AddReg
-
-[DriverInstall.Services]
-Include=mdmcpq.inf
-AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, LowerFilter_Service_Inst
-
-[DriverInstall.AddReg]
-HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"msports.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
-
-;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
-;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
-; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
-; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
-; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
-; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
-;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-[DeviceList]
-%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204A
-
-[DeviceList.NTx86]
-%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204A
-
-[DeviceList.NTamd64]
-%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204A
-
-[DeviceList.NTia64]
-%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204A
-
-;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-; String Definitions
-;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-;Modify these strings to customize your device
-;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-[Strings]
-MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
-DESCRIPTION="LUFA CDC Class Bootloader"
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/asf.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 02e7063c66..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/asf.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,161 +0,0 @@
-<asf xmlversion="1.0">
- <project caption="CDC Bootloader - 128KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.cdc.avr8.128_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_cdc_128kb_4kb_">
- <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.cdc"/>
- <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
- <generator value="as5_8"/>
-
- <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
- <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
-
- <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
- <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x1F000"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x1F000"/>
-
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x1FFA0"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x1FFE0"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x1FFF8"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
- </project>
-
- <project caption="CDC Bootloader - 64KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.cdc.avr8.64_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_cdc_64kb_4kb_">
- <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.cdc"/>
- <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
- <generator value="as5_8"/>
-
- <device-support value="at90usb647"/>
- <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
-
- <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
- <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0xF000"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0xF000"/>
-
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0xFFA0"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0xFFE0"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0xFFF8"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
- </project>
-
- <project caption="CDC Bootloader - 32KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.cdc.avr8.32_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_cdc_32kb_4kb_">
- <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.cdc"/>
- <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
- <generator value="as5_8"/>
-
- <device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
- <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
-
- <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
- <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x7000"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x7000"/>
-
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x7FA0"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x7FE0"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x7FF8"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
- </project>
-
- <project caption="CDC Bootloader - 16KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.cdc.avr8.16_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_cdc_16kb_4kb_">
- <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.cdc"/>
- <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
- <generator value="as5_8"/>
-
- <device-support value="atmega16u2"/>
- <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
-
- <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
- <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x3000"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x3000"/>
-
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x3FA0"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x3FE0"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x3FF8"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
- </project>
-
- <project caption="CDC Bootloader - 8KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.cdc.avr8.8_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_cdc_8kb_4kb_">
- <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.cdc"/>
- <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
- <generator value="as5_8"/>
-
- <device-support value="atmega8u2"/>
- <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
-
- <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
- <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x1000"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x1000"/>
-
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x1FA0"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x1FE0"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x1FF8"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
- </project>
-
- <module type="application" id="lufa.bootloaders.cdc" caption="CDC Bootloader">
- <info type="description" value="summary">
- CDC Class Bootloader, capable of reprogramming a device using avrdude or other AVR109 protocol compliant software when plugged into a host.
- </info>
-
- <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
-
- <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
- <keyword value="Bootloaders"/>
- <keyword value="USB Device"/>
- </info>
-
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
- <build type="include-path" value="."/>
- <build type="c-source" value="BootloaderCDC.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="BootloaderCDC.h"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="BootloaderAPI.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="BootloaderAPI.h"/>
- <build type="asm-source" value="BootloaderAPITable.S"/>
-
- <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
-
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="BootloaderCDC.txt"/>
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA CDC Bootloader.inf"/>
-
- <require idref="lufa.common"/>
- <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
- </module>
-</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/doxyfile
deleted file mode 100644
index 414693479f..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/doxyfile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2396 +0,0 @@
-# Doxyfile 1.8.9
-
-# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
-# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
-#
-# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
-# front of the TAG it is preceding.
-#
-# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
-# The format is:
-# TAG = value [value, ...]
-# For lists, items can also be appended using:
-# TAG += value [value, ...]
-# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Project related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
-# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
-# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
-# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
-# for the list of possible encodings.
-# The default value is: UTF-8.
-
-DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
-
-# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
-# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
-# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
-# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
-# The default value is: My Project.
-
-PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - CDC Class Bootloader"
-
-# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
-# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
-# control system is used.
-
-PROJECT_NUMBER =
-
-# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
-# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
-# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
-
-PROJECT_BRIEF =
-
-# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
-# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
-# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
-# the logo to the output directory.
-
-PROJECT_LOGO =
-
-# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
-# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
-# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
-# left blank the current directory will be used.
-
-OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
-
-# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
-# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
-# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
-# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
-# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
-# performance problems for the file system.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
-
-# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
-# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
-# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
-# U+3044.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
-
-# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
-# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
-# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
-# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
-# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
-# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
-# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
-# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
-# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
-# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
-# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
-# The default value is: English.
-
-OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
-
-# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
-# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
-# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
-
-# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
-# description of a member or function before the detailed description
-#
-# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
-# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
-
-# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
-# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
-# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
-# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
-# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
-# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
-# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
-# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
-
-ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
- "The $name widget" \
- "The $name file" \
- is \
- provides \
- specifies \
- contains \
- represents \
- a \
- an \
- the
-
-# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
-# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
-# description.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
-# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
-# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
-# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
-
-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
-# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
-# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
-
-# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
-# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
-# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
-# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
-# strip.
-#
-# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
-# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
-# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
-
-STRIP_FROM_PATH =
-
-# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
-# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
-# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
-# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
-# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
-# using the -I flag.
-
-STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
-
-# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
-# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
-# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SHORT_NAMES = YES
-
-# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
-# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
-# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
-# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
-# description.)
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
-
-# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
-# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
-# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
-# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
-
-# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
-# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
-# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
-# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
-# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
-#
-# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
-# not recognized any more.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
-
-# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
-# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-INHERIT_DOCS = YES
-
-# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
-# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
-# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
-
-# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
-# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
-# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
-
-TAB_SIZE = 4
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
-# the documentation. An alias has the form:
-# name=value
-# For example adding
-# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
-# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
-# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
-# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
-# newlines.
-
-ALIASES =
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
-# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
-# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
-
-TCL_SUBST =
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
-# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
-# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
-# members will be omitted, etc.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
-# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
-# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
-# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
-
-# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
-# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
-# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
-# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
-# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
-# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
-# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
-# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
-# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
-# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
-# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
-#
-# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
-#
-# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
-# the files are not read by doxygen.
-
-EXTENSION_MAPPING =
-
-# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
-# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
-# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
-# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
-# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
-# case of backward compatibilities issues.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
-# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
-# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
-# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
-
-# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
-# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
-# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
-# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
-# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
-# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
-# enable parsing support.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
-# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
-# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
-# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SIP_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
-# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
-# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
-# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
-# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
-# should set this option to NO.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
-
-# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
-# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
-# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
-# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
-
-# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
-# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
-# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
-# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
-# \nosubgrouping command.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SUBGROUPING = YES
-
-# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
-# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
-# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
-# and RTF).
-#
-# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
-# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
-
-# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
-# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
-# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
-# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
-# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
-# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
-
-# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
-# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
-# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
-# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
-# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
-# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
-# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
-
-# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
-# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
-# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
-# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
-# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
-# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
-# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
-# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
-# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
-
-LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Build related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
-# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
-# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
-# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
-# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
-# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_ALL = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
-# be included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
-# scope will be included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
-
-# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
-# included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
-# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
-# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
-# for Java sources.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
-
-# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
-# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
-# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
-# included.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
-
-# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
-# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
-# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
-# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
-# are hidden.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
-# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
-# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
-# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
-# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
-# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
-# included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
-# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
-# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
-
-# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
-# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
-# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
-
-# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
-# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
-# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
-# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
-# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
-# The default value is: system dependent.
-
-CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
-# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
-# scope will be hidden.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
-# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
-# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
-
-# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
-# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
-
-# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
-# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
-# which file to include in order to use the member.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
-
-# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
-# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
-# documentation for inline members.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-INLINE_INFO = YES
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
-# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
-
-# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
-# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
-# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
-# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
-# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
-# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
-# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
-# member documentation.
-# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
-# detailed member documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
-
-# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
-# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
-# appear in their defined order.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
-# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
-# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
-# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
-# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
-# list.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
-
-# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
-# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
-# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
-# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
-# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
-# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
-# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
-# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
-# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
-# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
-# the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
-
-# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
-# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
-# ... \endcond blocks.
-
-ENABLED_SECTIONS =
-
-# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
-# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
-# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
-# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
-# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
-# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
-# documentation regardless of this setting.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
-
-MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
-
-# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
-# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
-# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
-# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
-# (if specified).
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_FILES = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
-# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
-# Folder Tree View (if specified).
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
-
-# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
-# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
-# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
-# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
-# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
-# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
-# version. For an example see the documentation.
-
-FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
-
-# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
-# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
-# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
-# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
-# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
-# will be used as the name of the layout file.
-#
-# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
-# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
-# tag is left empty.
-
-LAYOUT_FILE =
-
-# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
-# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
-# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
-# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
-# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
-# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
-# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
-
-CITE_BIB_FILES =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
-# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
-# messages are off.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-QUIET = YES
-
-# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
-# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
-# this implies that the warnings are on.
-#
-# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-WARNINGS = YES
-
-# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
-# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
-# will automatically be disabled.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
-
-# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
-# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
-# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
-# markup commands wrongly.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
-
-# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
-# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
-# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
-# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
-
-# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
-# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
-# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
-# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
-# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
-# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
-# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
-
-WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
-
-# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
-# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
-# error (stderr).
-
-WARN_LOGFILE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the input files
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
-# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
-# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
-# spaces.
-# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
-
-INPUT = ./
-
-# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
-# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
-# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
-# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
-# possible encodings.
-# The default value is: UTF-8.
-
-INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
-# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
-# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
-# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
-# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
-# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
-# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
-
-FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
- *.c \
- *.txt
-
-# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
-# be searched for input files as well.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-RECURSIVE = YES
-
-# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
-# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
-# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
-#
-# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
-# run.
-
-EXCLUDE = Documentation/
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
-# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
-# from the input.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
-# certain files from those directories.
-#
-# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
-# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
-
-EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
-# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
-# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
-# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
-# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
-#
-# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
-# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
- INCLUDE_FROM_*
-
-# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
-# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
-# command).
-
-EXAMPLE_PATH =
-
-# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
-# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
-# files are included.
-
-EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
-
-# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
-# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
-# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
-
-# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
-# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
-# \image command).
-
-IMAGE_PATH =
-
-# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
-# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
-# by executing (via popen()) the command:
-#
-# <filter> <input-file>
-#
-# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
-# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
-# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
-# will be ignored.
-#
-# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
-# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
-# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
-
-INPUT_FILTER =
-
-# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
-# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
-# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
-# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
-# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
-# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
-
-FILTER_PATTERNS =
-
-# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
-# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
-# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
-
-# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
-# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
-# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
-# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
-# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
-
-# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
-# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
-# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
-# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
-
-USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to source browsing
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
-# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
-#
-# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
-# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
-
-# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
-# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_SOURCES = NO
-
-# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
-# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
-# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
-
-# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
-# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
-# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
-# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
-# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
-# link to the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
-
-# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
-# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
-# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
-# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
-# can opt to disable this feature.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
-
-SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
-
-# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
-# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
-# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
-# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
-# 4.8.6 or higher.
-#
-# To use it do the following:
-# - Install the latest version of global
-# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
-# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
-# - Run doxygen as normal
-#
-# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
-# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
-#
-# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
-# source code will now point to the output of htags.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
-
-USE_HTAGS = NO
-
-# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
-# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
-# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
-# See also: Section \class.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
-
-# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
-# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
-# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
-# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
-# information.
-# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
-# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
-
-# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
-# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
-# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
-# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
-# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
-
-CLANG_OPTIONS =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
-# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
-# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
-
-# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
-# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
-# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
-# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
-
-COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
-
-# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
-# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
-# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
-# while generating the index headers.
-# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
-
-IGNORE_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the HTML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_HTML = YES
-
-# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: html.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_OUTPUT = html
-
-# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
-# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
-# The default value is: .html.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
-
-# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
-# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard header.
-#
-# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
-# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
-# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
-# default header using
-# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
-# YourConfigFile
-# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
-# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
-# uses.
-# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
-# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
-# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_HEADER =
-
-# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
-# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
-# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
-# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
-# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
-# that doxygen normally uses.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_FOOTER =
-
-# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
-# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
-# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
-# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
-# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
-# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
-# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
-# obsolete.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_STYLESHEET =
-
-# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
-# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
-# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
-# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
-# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
-# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
-# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
-# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
-# list). For an example see the documentation.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
-
-# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
-# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
-# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
-# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
-# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
-# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
-# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
-# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
-# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
-# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
-# purple, and 360 is red again.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
-# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
-# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
-# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
-# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
-# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
-# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
-# change the gamma.
-# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
-
-# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
-# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
-# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
-
-# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
-# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
-# page has loaded.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
-
-# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
-# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
-# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
-# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
-# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
-# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
-# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
-# tree by default.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
-
-# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
-# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
-# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
-# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
-# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
-# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
-# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
-# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
-# for more information.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
-
-# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
-# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
-# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
-# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
-
-# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
-# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
-# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
-# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
-# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
-
-# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
-# The default value is: Publisher.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
-# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
-# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
-# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
-# Windows.
-#
-# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
-# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
-# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
-# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
-# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
-# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
-# compressed HTML files.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
-
-# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
-# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
-# written to the html output directory.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-CHM_FILE =
-
-# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
-# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
-# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
-# The file has to be specified with full path.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-HHC_LOCATION =
-
-# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
-# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_CHI = NO
-
-# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
-# and project file content.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
-
-# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
-# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
-# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-BINARY_TOC = NO
-
-# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
-# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-TOC_EXPAND = YES
-
-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
-# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
-# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
-# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_QHP = NO
-
-# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
-# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
-# the HTML output folder.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QCH_FILE =
-
-# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
-# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
-# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
-# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
-# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
-# folders).
-# The default value is: doc.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
-
-# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
-# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
-# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
-# filters).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
-
-# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
-# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
-# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
-# filters).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
-
-# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
-# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
-# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
-
-# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
-# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
-# generated .qhp file.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHG_LOCATION =
-
-# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
-# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
-# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
-# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
-# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
-# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
-# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
-
-# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
-# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
-# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
-
-ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
-# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
-# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
-# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
-# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
-# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-DISABLE_INDEX = YES
-
-# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
-# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
-# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
-# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
-# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
-# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
-# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
-# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
-# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
-# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
-# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
-# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
-
-# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
-# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
-#
-# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
-# in the overview section.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
-
-# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
-# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
-
-# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
-# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
-
-# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
-# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
-# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
-# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
-# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
-
-# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
-# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
-# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
-#
-# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
-# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
-
-# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
-# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
-# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
-# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
-# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
-# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-USE_MATHJAX = NO
-
-# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
-# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
-# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
-# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
-# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
-# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
-
-# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
-# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
-# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
-# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
-# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
-# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
-# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
-# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
-# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
-
-# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
-# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
-# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
-
-# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
-# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
-# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
-# example see the documentation.
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
-
-# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
-# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
-# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
-# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
-# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
-# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
-# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
-# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
-# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
-# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
-# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
-# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
-# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
-# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
-# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
-# option.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-SEARCHENGINE = NO
-
-# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
-# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
-# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
-# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
-# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
-# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
-# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
-
-# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
-# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
-# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
-# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
-# search results.
-#
-# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
-# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
-# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
-#
-# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
-
-# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
-# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
-#
-# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
-# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
-# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
-# Searching" for details.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-SEARCHENGINE_URL =
-
-# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
-# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
-# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
-# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
-
-# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
-# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
-# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
-# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
-
-# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
-# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
-# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
-# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
-# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
-# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_LATEX = NO
-
-# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: latex.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
-
-# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
-# invoked.
-#
-# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
-# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
-# written to the output directory.
-# The default file is: latex.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
-
-# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
-# index for LaTeX.
-# The default file is: makeindex.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
-
-# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
-# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
-# trees in general.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-COMPACT_LATEX = NO
-
-# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
-# printer.
-# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
-# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
-# The default value is: a4.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
-
-# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
-# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
-# instance you can specify
-# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
-# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-EXTRA_PACKAGES =
-
-# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
-# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
-# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
-# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
-# default header to a separate file.
-#
-# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
-# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
-# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
-# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
-# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
-# to HTML_HEADER.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_HEADER =
-
-# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
-# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
-# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
-# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
-# special commands can be used inside the footer.
-#
-# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_FOOTER =
-
-# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
-# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
-# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
-# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
-# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
-# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
-# list).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
-
-# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
-# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
-# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
-# markers available.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
-
-# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
-# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
-# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
-
-# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
-# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
-# higher quality PDF documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-USE_PDFLATEX = YES
-
-# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
-# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
-# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
-# when generating formulas in HTML.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
-
-# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
-# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
-
-# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
-# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
-#
-# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
-# SOURCE_BROWSER.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
-
-# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
-# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
-# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
-# The default value is: plain.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the RTF output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
-# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
-# readers/editors.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_RTF = NO
-
-# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: rtf.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
-
-# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
-# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
-# trees in general.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-COMPACT_RTF = NO
-
-# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
-# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
-# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
-# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
-# fields.
-#
-# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
-
-# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
-# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
-# missing definitions are set to their default value.
-#
-# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
-# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
-
-# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
-# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
-# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
-
-# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
-# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
-#
-# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
-# SOURCE_BROWSER.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the man page output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
-# classes and files.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_MAN = NO
-
-# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
-# MAN_OUTPUT.
-# The default directory is: man.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_OUTPUT = man
-
-# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
-# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
-# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
-# optional.
-# The default value is: .3.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_EXTENSION = .3
-
-# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
-# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
-# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_SUBDIR =
-
-# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
-# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
-# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
-# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_LINKS = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the XML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
-# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_XML = NO
-
-# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: xml.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
-
-XML_OUTPUT = xml
-
-# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
-# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
-# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
-# of the XML output.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
-
-XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
-# that can be used to generate PDF.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
-
-# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
-# front of it.
-# The default directory is: docbook.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
-
-DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
-
-# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
-# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
-# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
-# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
-
-DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
-# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
-# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
-# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
-# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
-#
-# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
-# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
-# output from the Perl module output.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
-
-PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
-# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
-# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
-# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
-# just the same.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
-
-PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
-
-# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
-# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
-# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
-# overwrite each other's variables.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
-
-PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
-# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
-# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
-# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
-# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
-
-# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
-# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
-# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
-
-# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
-# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
-
-# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
-# preprocessor.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDE_PATH =
-
-# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
-# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
-# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
-# used.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
-
-# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
-# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
-# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
-# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
-# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
-# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
- PROGMEM \
- ATTR_NO_INIT
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
-# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
-# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
-# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
-# definition found in the source code.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
-
-# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
-# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
-# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
-# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
-# removed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to external references
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
-# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
-# a tag file without this location is as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
-# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
-# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
-# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
-# of tag files.
-# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
-# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
-# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
-
-TAGFILES =
-
-# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
-# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
-# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
-
-GENERATE_TAGFILE =
-
-# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
-# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
-# listed.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-ALLEXTERNALS = NO
-
-# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
-# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
-# listed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
-
-# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
-# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
-# be listed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
-
-# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
-# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
-# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
-
-PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the dot tool
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
-# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
-# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
-# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
-# powerful graphs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
-
-# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
-# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
-# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
-# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
-# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
-# default search path.
-
-MSCGEN_PATH =
-
-# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
-# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
-# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
-# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
-
-DIA_PATH =
-
-# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
-# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
-
-# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
-# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
-# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
-# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
-# set to NO
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HAVE_DOT = NO
-
-# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
-# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
-# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
-# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
-# speed.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
-
-# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
-# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
-# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
-# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
-# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
-# The default value is: Helvetica.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_FONTNAME =
-
-# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
-# dot graphs.
-# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
-
-# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
-# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
-# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_FONTPATH =
-
-# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
-# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
-# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-CLASS_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
-# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
-# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
-# class with other documented classes.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
-# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
-# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
-# Language.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-UML_LOOK = NO
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
-# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
-# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
-# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
-# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
-# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
-# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
-# 10.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
-
-# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
-# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
-# instances.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
-
-# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
-# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
-# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
-# files.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
-# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
-# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
-# files.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
-# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
-#
-# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
-# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
-# functions only using the \callgraph command.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-CALL_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
-# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
-#
-# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
-# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
-# functions only using the \callergraph command.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-CALLER_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
-# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
-
-# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
-# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
-# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
-# files in the directories.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
-
-# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
-# generated by dot.
-# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
-# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
-# requirement).
-# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
-# The default value is: png.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
-
-# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
-# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
-#
-# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
-# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
-# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
-# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
-
-# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
-# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_PATH =
-
-# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
-# command).
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOTFILE_DIRS =
-
-# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
-# command).
-
-MSCFILE_DIRS =
-
-# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
-# command).
-
-DIAFILE_DIRS =
-
-# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
-# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
-# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
-# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
-# will not generate output for the diagram.
-
-PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
-
-# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
-# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
-
-PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
-
-# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
-# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
-# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
-# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
-# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
-# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
-
-# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
-# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
-# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
-# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
-# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
-# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
-
-# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
-# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
-# to support this out of the box.
-#
-# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
-# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
-# read).
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
-
-# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
-# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
-# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
-# this, this feature is disabled by default.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
-# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
-# graphs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
-
-# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
-# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/makefile b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index aa5a2117df..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-#
-# LUFA Library
-# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-#
-# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-# www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-# --------------------------------------
-# LUFA Project Makefile.
-# --------------------------------------
-
-# Run "make help" for target help.
-
-MCU = at90usb1287
-ARCH = AVR8
-BOARD = USBKEY
-F_CPU = 8000000
-F_USB = $(F_CPU)
-OPTIMIZATION = s
-TARGET = BootloaderCDC
-SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c BootloaderAPI.c BootloaderAPITable.S $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
-LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
-CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ -DBOOT_START_ADDR=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET)
-LD_FLAGS = -Wl,--section-start=.text=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET) $(BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS)
-
-# Flash size and bootloader section sizes of the target, in KB. These must
-# match the target's total FLASH size and the bootloader size set in the
-# device's fuses.
-FLASH_SIZE_KB = 128
-BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB = 8
-
-# Bootloader address calculation formulas
-# Do not modify these macros, but rather modify the dependent values above.
-CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX = $(shell printf "0x%X" $$(( $(1) )) )
-BOOT_START_OFFSET = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) - $(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB)) * 1024 )
-BOOT_SEC_OFFSET = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) * 1024) - ($(strip $(1))) )
-
-# Bootloader linker section flags for relocating the API table sections to
-# known FLASH addresses - these should not normally be user-edited.
-BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG = -Wl,--section-start=$(strip $(1))=$(call BOOT_SEC_OFFSET, $(3)) -Wl,--undefined=$(strip $(2))
-BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS = $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_trampolines, BootloaderAPI_Trampolines, 96)
-BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_jumptable, BootloaderAPI_JumpTable, 32)
-BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_signatures, BootloaderAPI_Signatures, 8)
-
-# Default target
-all:
-
-# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
-DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
-include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
-include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
-
-# Include common DMBS build system modules
-DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPI.c b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPI.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 491c506d0f..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPI.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Bootloader user application API functions.
- */
-
-#include "BootloaderAPI.h"
-
-void BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address)
-{
- boot_page_erase_safe(Address);
- boot_spm_busy_wait();
- boot_rww_enable();
-}
-
-void BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address)
-{
- boot_page_write_safe(Address);
- boot_spm_busy_wait();
- boot_rww_enable();
-}
-
-void BootloaderAPI_FillWord(const uint32_t Address, const uint16_t Word)
-{
- boot_page_fill_safe(Address, Word);
-}
-
-uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature(const uint16_t Address)
-{
- return boot_signature_byte_get(Address);
-}
-
-uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse(const uint16_t Address)
-{
- return boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(Address);
-}
-
-uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadLock(void)
-{
- return boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_LOCK_BITS);
-}
-
-void BootloaderAPI_WriteLock(const uint8_t LockBits)
-{
- boot_lock_bits_set_safe(LockBits);
-}
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPI.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPI.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5169bbc3c4..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPI.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for BootloaderAPI.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _BOOTLOADER_API_H_
-#define _BOOTLOADER_API_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
- #include <avr/boot.h>
- #include <stdbool.h>
-
- #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
-
- #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- void BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address);
- void BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address);
- void BootloaderAPI_FillWord(const uint32_t Address, const uint16_t Word);
- uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature(const uint16_t Address);
- uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse(const uint16_t Address);
- uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadLock(void);
- void BootloaderAPI_WriteLock(const uint8_t LockBits);
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPITable.S b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPITable.S
deleted file mode 100644
index 95fd8e5c37..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPITable.S
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-; Trampolines to actual API implementations if the target address is outside the
-; range of a rjmp instruction (can happen with large bootloader sections)
-.section .apitable_trampolines, "ax"
-.global BootloaderAPI_Trampolines
-BootloaderAPI_Trampolines:
-
- BootloaderAPI_ErasePage_Trampoline:
- jmp BootloaderAPI_ErasePage
- BootloaderAPI_WritePage_Trampoline:
- jmp BootloaderAPI_WritePage
- BootloaderAPI_FillWord_Trampoline:
- jmp BootloaderAPI_FillWord
- BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature_Trampoline:
- jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature
- BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse_Trampoline:
- jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse
- BootloaderAPI_ReadLock_Trampoline:
- jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadLock
- BootloaderAPI_WriteLock_Trampoline:
- jmp BootloaderAPI_WriteLock
- BootloaderAPI_UNUSED1:
- ret
- BootloaderAPI_UNUSED2:
- ret
- BootloaderAPI_UNUSED3:
- ret
- BootloaderAPI_UNUSED4:
- ret
- BootloaderAPI_UNUSED5:
- ret
-
-
-
-; API function jump table
-.section .apitable_jumptable, "ax"
-.global BootloaderAPI_JumpTable
-BootloaderAPI_JumpTable:
-
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_ErasePage_Trampoline
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_WritePage_Trampoline
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_FillWord_Trampoline
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature_Trampoline
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse_Trampoline
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadLock_Trampoline
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_WriteLock_Trampoline
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED1 ; UNUSED ENTRY 1
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED2 ; UNUSED ENTRY 2
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED3 ; UNUSED ENTRY 3
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED4 ; UNUSED ENTRY 4
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED5 ; UNUSED ENTRY 5
-
-
-
-; Bootloader table signatures and information
-.section .apitable_signatures, "ax"
-.global BootloaderAPI_Signatures
-BootloaderAPI_Signatures:
-
- .long BOOT_START_ADDR ; Start address of the bootloader
- .word 0xDF10 ; Signature for the DFU class bootloader, V1
- .word 0xDCFB ; Signature for a LUFA class bootloader
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.c b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a2307219ec..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,891 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Main source file for the DFU class bootloader. This file contains the complete bootloader logic.
- */
-
-#define INCLUDE_FROM_BOOTLOADER_C
-#include "BootloaderDFU.h"
-
-/** Flag to indicate if the bootloader is currently running in secure mode, disallowing memory operations
- * other than erase. This is initially set to the value set by SECURE_MODE, and cleared by the bootloader
- * once a memory erase has completed in a bootloader session.
- */
-static bool IsSecure = SECURE_MODE;
-
-/** Flag to indicate if the bootloader should be running, or should exit and allow the application code to run
- * via a soft reset. When cleared, the bootloader will abort, the USB interface will shut down and the application
- * jumped to via an indirect jump to location 0x0000 (or other location specified by the host).
- */
-static bool RunBootloader = true;
-
-/** Flag to indicate if the bootloader is waiting to exit. When the host requests the bootloader to exit and
- * jump to the application address it specifies, it sends two sequential commands which must be properly
- * acknowledged. Upon reception of the first the RunBootloader flag is cleared and the WaitForExit flag is set,
- * causing the bootloader to wait for the final exit command before shutting down.
- */
-static bool WaitForExit = false;
-
-/** Current DFU state machine state, one of the values in the DFU_State_t enum. */
-static uint8_t DFU_State = dfuIDLE;
-
-/** Status code of the last executed DFU command. This is set to one of the values in the DFU_Status_t enum after
- * each operation, and returned to the host when a Get Status DFU request is issued.
- */
-static uint8_t DFU_Status = OK;
-
-/** Data containing the DFU command sent from the host. */
-static DFU_Command_t SentCommand;
-
-/** Response to the last issued Read Data DFU command. Unlike other DFU commands, the read command
- * requires a single byte response from the bootloader containing the read data when the next DFU_UPLOAD command
- * is issued by the host.
- */
-static uint8_t ResponseByte;
-
-/** Pointer to the start of the user application. By default this is 0x0000 (the reset vector), however the host
- * may specify an alternate address when issuing the application soft-start command.
- */
-static AppPtr_t AppStartPtr = (AppPtr_t)0x0000;
-
-/** 64-bit flash page number. This is concatenated with the current 16-bit address on USB AVRs containing more than
- * 64KB of flash memory.
- */
-static uint8_t Flash64KBPage = 0;
-
-/** Memory start address, indicating the current address in the memory being addressed (either FLASH or EEPROM
- * depending on the issued command from the host).
- */
-static uint16_t StartAddr = 0x0000;
-
-/** Memory end address, indicating the end address to read from/write to in the memory being addressed (either FLASH
- * of EEPROM depending on the issued command from the host).
- */
-static uint16_t EndAddr = 0x0000;
-
-/** Magic lock for forced application start. If the HWBE fuse is programmed and BOOTRST is unprogrammed, the bootloader
- * will start if the /HWB line of the AVR is held low and the system is reset. However, if the /HWB line is still held
- * low when the application attempts to start via a watchdog reset, the bootloader will re-start. If set to the value
- * \ref MAGIC_BOOT_KEY the special init function \ref Application_Jump_Check() will force the application to start.
- */
-uint16_t MagicBootKey ATTR_NO_INIT;
-
-
-/** Special startup routine to check if the bootloader was started via a watchdog reset, and if the magic application
- * start key has been loaded into \ref MagicBootKey. If the bootloader started via the watchdog and the key is valid,
- * this will force the user application to start via a software jump.
- */
-void Application_Jump_Check(void)
-{
- bool JumpToApplication = false;
-
- #if (BOARD == BOARD_LEONARDO)
- /* Enable pull-up on the IO13 pin so we can use it to select the mode */
- PORTC |= (1 << 7);
- Delay_MS(10);
-
- /* If IO13 is not jumpered to ground, start the user application instead */
- JumpToApplication = ((PINC & (1 << 7)) != 0);
-
- /* Disable pull-up after the check has completed */
- PORTC &= ~(1 << 7);
- #elif ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
- /* Disable JTAG debugging */
- JTAG_DISABLE();
-
- /* Enable pull-up on the JTAG TCK pin so we can use it to select the mode */
- PORTF |= (1 << 4);
- Delay_MS(10);
-
- /* If the TCK pin is not jumpered to ground, start the user application instead */
- JumpToApplication = ((PINF & (1 << 4)) != 0);
-
- /* Re-enable JTAG debugging */
- JTAG_ENABLE();
- #else
- /* Check if the device's BOOTRST fuse is set */
- if (boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_HIGH_FUSE_BITS) & FUSE_BOOTRST)
- {
- /* If the reset source was not an external reset or the key is correct, clear it and jump to the application */
- //if (!(MCUSR & (1 << EXTRF)) || (MagicBootKey == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
- // JumpToApplication = true;
-
- /* Clear reset source */
- MCUSR &= ~(1 << EXTRF);
- }
- else
- {
- /* If the reset source was the bootloader and the key is correct, clear it and jump to the application;
- * this can happen in the HWBE fuse is set, and the HBE pin is low during the watchdog reset */
- //if ((MCUSR & (1 << WDRF)) && (MagicBootKey == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
- // JumpToApplication = true;
-
- /* Clear reset source */
- MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Don't run the user application if the reset vector is blank (no app loaded) */
- bool ApplicationValid = (pgm_read_word_near(0) != 0xFFFF);
-
- /* If a request has been made to jump to the user application, honor it */
- if (JumpToApplication && ApplicationValid)
- {
- /* Turn off the watchdog */
- MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
- wdt_disable();
-
- /* Clear the boot key and jump to the user application */
- MagicBootKey = 0;
-
- // cppcheck-suppress constStatement
- ((void (*)(void))0x0000)();
- }
-}
-
-/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the bootloader, then continuously
- * runs the bootloader processing routine until instructed to soft-exit, or hard-reset via the watchdog to start
- * the loaded application code.
- */
-int main(void)
-{
- /* Configure hardware required by the bootloader */
- SetupHardware();
-
- /* Turn on first LED on the board to indicate that the bootloader has started */
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
-
- /* Enable global interrupts so that the USB stack can function */
- GlobalInterruptEnable();
-
-
- #if (BOARD == BOARD_QMK)
- uint16_t keypress = 0;
- #endif
-
- /* Run the USB management task while the bootloader is supposed to be running */
- while (RunBootloader || WaitForExit) {
- USB_USBTask();
- #if (BOARD == BOARD_QMK)
- bool pressed = (PIN(QMK_ESC_INPUT) & NUM(QMK_ESC_INPUT));
- if ((DFU_State == dfuIDLE) && (keypress > 5000) && pressed) {
- break;
- }
- if (pressed) {
- keypress++;
- } else {
- keypress = 0;
- }
-
- #endif
- }
-
- /* Reset configured hardware back to their original states for the user application */
- ResetHardware();
-
- /* Start the user application */
- AppStartPtr();
-}
-
-/** Configures all hardware required for the bootloader. */
-static void SetupHardware(void)
-{
- /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
- MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
- wdt_disable();
-
- /* Disable clock division */
- clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
-
- /* Relocate the interrupt vector table to the bootloader section */
- MCUCR = (1 << IVCE);
- MCUCR = (1 << IVSEL);
-
- #if (BOARD == BOARD_QMK)
- // output setup
- DDR(QMK_ESC_OUTPUT) |= NUM(QMK_ESC_OUTPUT);
- PORT(QMK_ESC_OUTPUT) |= NUM(QMK_ESC_OUTPUT);
-
- // input setup
- DDR(QMK_ESC_INPUT) |= NUM(QMK_ESC_INPUT);
- #endif
-
- /* Initialize the USB and other board hardware drivers */
- USB_Init();
- LEDs_Init();
-
- /* Bootloader active LED toggle timer initialization */
- TIMSK1 = (1 << TOIE1);
- TCCR1B = ((1 << CS11) | (1 << CS10));
-
-}
-
-/** Resets all configured hardware required for the bootloader back to their original states. */
-static void ResetHardware(void)
-{
- /* Shut down the USB and other board hardware drivers */
- USB_Disable();
- LEDs_Disable();
-
- /* Disable Bootloader active LED toggle timer */
- TIMSK1 = 0;
- TCCR1B = 0;
-
- /* Relocate the interrupt vector table back to the application section */
- MCUCR = (1 << IVCE);
- MCUCR = 0;
-
- #if (BOARD == BOARD_QMK)
- DDR(QMK_ESC_OUTPUT) = PORT(QMK_ESC_OUTPUT) = DDR(QMK_ESC_INPUT) = PORT(QMK_ESC_INPUT) = 0;
- #endif
-}
-
-/** ISR to periodically toggle the LEDs on the board to indicate that the bootloader is active. */
-ISR(TIMER1_OVF_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
-{
- LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
- * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
- * internally.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
-{
- /* Ignore any requests that aren't directed to the DFU interface */
- if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & (CONTROL_REQTYPE_TYPE | CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT)) !=
- (REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
- {
- return;
- }
-
- /* Activity - toggle indicator LEDs */
- LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
-
- /* Get the size of the command and data from the wLength value */
- SentCommand.DataSize = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
-
- switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
- {
- case DFU_REQ_DNLOAD:
- Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-
- /* Check if bootloader is waiting to terminate */
- if (WaitForExit)
- {
- /* Bootloader is terminating - process last received command */
- ProcessBootloaderCommand();
-
- /* Indicate that the last command has now been processed - free to exit bootloader */
- WaitForExit = false;
- }
-
- /* If the request has a data stage, load it into the command struct */
- if (SentCommand.DataSize)
- {
- while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
- {
- if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
- return;
- }
-
- /* First byte of the data stage is the DNLOAD request's command */
- SentCommand.Command = Endpoint_Read_8();
-
- /* One byte of the data stage is the command, so subtract it from the total data bytes */
- SentCommand.DataSize--;
-
- /* Load in the rest of the data stage as command parameters */
- for (uint8_t DataByte = 0; (DataByte < sizeof(SentCommand.Data)) &&
- Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint(); DataByte++)
- {
- SentCommand.Data[DataByte] = Endpoint_Read_8();
- SentCommand.DataSize--;
- }
-
- /* Process the command */
- ProcessBootloaderCommand();
- }
-
- /* Check if currently downloading firmware */
- if (DFU_State == dfuDNLOAD_IDLE)
- {
- if (!(SentCommand.DataSize))
- {
- DFU_State = dfuIDLE;
- }
- else
- {
- /* Throw away the filler bytes before the start of the firmware */
- DiscardFillerBytes(DFU_FILLER_BYTES_SIZE);
-
- /* Throw away the packet alignment filler bytes before the start of the firmware */
- DiscardFillerBytes(StartAddr % FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE);
-
- /* Calculate the number of bytes remaining to be written */
- uint16_t BytesRemaining = ((EndAddr - StartAddr) + 1);
-
- if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00)) // Write flash
- {
- /* Calculate the number of words to be written from the number of bytes to be written */
- uint16_t WordsRemaining = (BytesRemaining >> 1);
-
- union
- {
- uint16_t Words[2];
- uint32_t Long;
- } CurrFlashAddress = {.Words = {StartAddr, Flash64KBPage}};
-
- uint32_t CurrFlashPageStartAddress = CurrFlashAddress.Long;
- uint8_t WordsInFlashPage = 0;
-
- while (WordsRemaining--)
- {
- /* Check if endpoint is empty - if so clear it and wait until ready for next packet */
- if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
- {
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
- while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
- {
- if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
- return;
- }
- }
-
- /* Write the next word into the current flash page */
- boot_page_fill(CurrFlashAddress.Long, Endpoint_Read_16_LE());
-
- /* Adjust counters */
- WordsInFlashPage += 1;
- CurrFlashAddress.Long += 2;
-
- /* See if an entire page has been written to the flash page buffer */
- if ((WordsInFlashPage == (SPM_PAGESIZE >> 1)) || !(WordsRemaining))
- {
- /* Commit the flash page to memory */
- boot_page_write(CurrFlashPageStartAddress);
- boot_spm_busy_wait();
-
- /* Check if programming incomplete */
- if (WordsRemaining)
- {
- CurrFlashPageStartAddress = CurrFlashAddress.Long;
- WordsInFlashPage = 0;
-
- /* Erase next page's temp buffer */
- boot_page_erase(CurrFlashAddress.Long);
- boot_spm_busy_wait();
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* Once programming complete, start address equals the end address */
- StartAddr = EndAddr;
-
- /* Re-enable the RWW section of flash */
- boot_rww_enable();
- }
- else // Write EEPROM
- {
- while (BytesRemaining--)
- {
- /* Check if endpoint is empty - if so clear it and wait until ready for next packet */
- if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
- {
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
- while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
- {
- if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
- return;
- }
- }
-
- /* Read the byte from the USB interface and write to to the EEPROM */
- eeprom_update_byte((uint8_t*)StartAddr, Endpoint_Read_8());
-
- /* Adjust counters */
- StartAddr++;
- }
- }
-
- /* Throw away the currently unused DFU file suffix */
- DiscardFillerBytes(DFU_FILE_SUFFIX_SIZE);
- }
- }
-
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
- Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
-
- break;
- case DFU_REQ_UPLOAD:
- Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-
- while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
- {
- if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
- return;
- }
-
- if (DFU_State != dfuUPLOAD_IDLE)
- {
- if ((DFU_State == dfuERROR) && IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x01)) // Blank Check
- {
- /* Blank checking is performed in the DFU_DNLOAD request - if we get here we've told the host
- that the memory isn't blank, and the host is requesting the first non-blank address */
- Endpoint_Write_16_LE(StartAddr);
- }
- else
- {
- /* Idle state upload - send response to last issued command */
- Endpoint_Write_8(ResponseByte);
- }
- }
- else
- {
- /* Determine the number of bytes remaining in the current block */
- uint16_t BytesRemaining = ((EndAddr - StartAddr) + 1);
-
- if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00)) // Read FLASH
- {
- /* Calculate the number of words to be written from the number of bytes to be written */
- uint16_t WordsRemaining = (BytesRemaining >> 1);
-
- union
- {
- uint16_t Words[2];
- uint32_t Long;
- } CurrFlashAddress = {.Words = {StartAddr, Flash64KBPage}};
-
- while (WordsRemaining--)
- {
- /* Check if endpoint is full - if so clear it and wait until ready for next packet */
- if (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
- {
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
- {
- if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
- return;
- }
- }
-
- /* Read the flash word and send it via USB to the host */
- #if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
- Endpoint_Write_16_LE(pgm_read_word_far(CurrFlashAddress.Long));
- #else
- Endpoint_Write_16_LE(pgm_read_word(CurrFlashAddress.Long));
- #endif
-
- /* Adjust counters */
- CurrFlashAddress.Long += 2;
- }
-
- /* Once reading is complete, start address equals the end address */
- StartAddr = EndAddr;
- }
- else if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x02)) // Read EEPROM
- {
- while (BytesRemaining--)
- {
- /* Check if endpoint is full - if so clear it and wait until ready for next packet */
- if (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
- {
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
- {
- if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
- return;
- }
- }
-
- /* Read the EEPROM byte and send it via USB to the host */
- Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte((uint8_t*)StartAddr));
-
- /* Adjust counters */
- StartAddr++;
- }
- }
-
- /* Return to idle state */
- DFU_State = dfuIDLE;
- }
-
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
- break;
- case DFU_REQ_GETSTATUS:
- Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-
- while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
- {
- if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
- return;
- }
-
- /* Write 8-bit status value */
- Endpoint_Write_8(DFU_Status);
-
- /* Write 24-bit poll timeout value */
- Endpoint_Write_8(0);
- Endpoint_Write_16_LE(0);
-
- /* Write 8-bit state value */
- Endpoint_Write_8(DFU_State);
-
- /* Write 8-bit state string ID number */
- Endpoint_Write_8(0);
-
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
- break;
- case DFU_REQ_CLRSTATUS:
- Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-
- /* Reset the status value variable to the default OK status */
- DFU_Status = OK;
-
- Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
- break;
- case DFU_REQ_GETSTATE:
- Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-
- while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
- {
- if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
- return;
- }
-
- /* Write the current device state to the endpoint */
- Endpoint_Write_8(DFU_State);
-
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
- break;
- case DFU_REQ_ABORT:
- Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-
- /* Reset the current state variable to the default idle state */
- DFU_State = dfuIDLE;
-
- Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
- break;
- }
-}
-
-/** Routine to discard the specified number of bytes from the control endpoint stream. This is used to
- * discard unused bytes in the stream from the host, including the memory program block suffix.
- *
- * \param[in] NumberOfBytes Number of bytes to discard from the host from the control endpoint
- */
-static void DiscardFillerBytes(uint8_t NumberOfBytes)
-{
- while (NumberOfBytes--)
- {
- if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
- {
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
- /* Wait until next data packet received */
- while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
- {
- if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
- return;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- Endpoint_Discard_8();
- }
- }
-}
-
-/** Routine to process an issued command from the host, via a DFU_DNLOAD request wrapper. This routine ensures
- * that the command is allowed based on the current secure mode flag value, and passes the command off to the
- * appropriate handler function.
- */
-static void ProcessBootloaderCommand(void)
-{
- /* Check if device is in secure mode */
- if (IsSecure)
- {
- /* Don't process command unless it is a READ or chip erase command */
- if (!(((SentCommand.Command == COMMAND_WRITE) &&
- IS_TWOBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00, 0xFF)) ||
- (SentCommand.Command == COMMAND_READ)))
- {
- /* Set the state and status variables to indicate the error */
- DFU_State = dfuERROR;
- DFU_Status = errWRITE;
-
- /* Stall command */
- Endpoint_StallTransaction();
-
- /* Don't process the command */
- return;
- }
- }
-
- /* Dispatch the required command processing routine based on the command type */
- switch (SentCommand.Command)
- {
- case COMMAND_PROG_START:
- ProcessMemProgCommand();
- break;
- case COMMAND_DISP_DATA:
- ProcessMemReadCommand();
- break;
- case COMMAND_WRITE:
- ProcessWriteCommand();
- break;
- case COMMAND_READ:
- ProcessReadCommand();
- break;
- case COMMAND_CHANGE_BASE_ADDR:
- if (IS_TWOBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x03, 0x00)) // Set 64KB flash page command
- Flash64KBPage = SentCommand.Data[2];
-
- break;
- }
-}
-
-/** Routine to concatenate the given pair of 16-bit memory start and end addresses from the host, and store them
- * in the StartAddr and EndAddr global variables.
- */
-static void LoadStartEndAddresses(void)
-{
- union
- {
- uint8_t Bytes[2];
- uint16_t Word;
- } Address[2] = {{.Bytes = {SentCommand.Data[2], SentCommand.Data[1]}},
- {.Bytes = {SentCommand.Data[4], SentCommand.Data[3]}}};
-
- /* Load in the start and ending read addresses from the sent data packet */
- StartAddr = Address[0].Word;
- EndAddr = Address[1].Word;
-}
-
-/** Handler for a Memory Program command issued by the host. This routine handles the preparations needed
- * to write subsequent data from the host into the specified memory.
- */
-static void ProcessMemProgCommand(void)
-{
- if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00) || // Write FLASH command
- IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x01)) // Write EEPROM command
- {
- /* Load in the start and ending read addresses */
- LoadStartEndAddresses();
-
- /* If FLASH is being written to, we need to pre-erase the first page to write to */
- if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00))
- {
- union
- {
- uint16_t Words[2];
- uint32_t Long;
- } CurrFlashAddress = {.Words = {StartAddr, Flash64KBPage}};
-
- /* Erase the current page's temp buffer */
- boot_page_erase(CurrFlashAddress.Long);
- boot_spm_busy_wait();
- }
-
- /* Set the state so that the next DNLOAD requests reads in the firmware */
- DFU_State = dfuDNLOAD_IDLE;
- }
-}
-
-/** Handler for a Memory Read command issued by the host. This routine handles the preparations needed
- * to read subsequent data from the specified memory out to the host, as well as implementing the memory
- * blank check command.
- */
-static void ProcessMemReadCommand(void)
-{
- if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00) || // Read FLASH command
- IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x02)) // Read EEPROM command
- {
- /* Load in the start and ending read addresses */
- LoadStartEndAddresses();
-
- /* Set the state so that the next UPLOAD requests read out the firmware */
- DFU_State = dfuUPLOAD_IDLE;
- }
- else if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x01)) // Blank check FLASH command
- {
- uint32_t CurrFlashAddress = 0;
-
- while (CurrFlashAddress < (uint32_t)BOOT_START_ADDR)
- {
- /* Check if the current byte is not blank */
- #if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
- if (pgm_read_byte_far(CurrFlashAddress) != 0xFF)
- #else
- if (pgm_read_byte(CurrFlashAddress) != 0xFF)
- #endif
- {
- /* Save the location of the first non-blank byte for response back to the host */
- Flash64KBPage = (CurrFlashAddress >> 16);
- StartAddr = CurrFlashAddress;
-
- /* Set state and status variables to the appropriate error values */
- DFU_State = dfuERROR;
- DFU_Status = errCHECK_ERASED;
-
- break;
- }
-
- CurrFlashAddress++;
- }
- }
-}
-
-/** Handler for a Data Write command issued by the host. This routine handles non-programming commands such as
- * bootloader exit (both via software jumps and hardware watchdog resets) and flash memory erasure.
- */
-static void ProcessWriteCommand(void)
-{
- if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x03)) // Start application
- {
- /* Indicate that the bootloader is terminating */
- WaitForExit = true;
-
- /* Check if data supplied for the Start Program command - no data executes the program */
- if (SentCommand.DataSize)
- {
- if (SentCommand.Data[1] == 0x01) // Start via jump
- {
- union
- {
- uint8_t Bytes[2];
- AppPtr_t FuncPtr;
- } Address = {.Bytes = {SentCommand.Data[4], SentCommand.Data[3]}};
-
- /* Load in the jump address into the application start address pointer */
- AppStartPtr = Address.FuncPtr;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- if (SentCommand.Data[1] == 0x00) // Start via watchdog
- {
- /* Unlock the forced application start mode of the bootloader if it is restarted */
- MagicBootKey = MAGIC_BOOT_KEY;
-
- /* Start the watchdog to reset the AVR once the communications are finalized */
- wdt_enable(WDTO_250MS);
- }
- else // Start via jump
- {
- /* Set the flag to terminate the bootloader at next opportunity if a valid application has been loaded */
- if (pgm_read_word_near(0) == 0xFFFF)
- RunBootloader = false;
- }
- }
- }
- else if (IS_TWOBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00, 0xFF)) // Erase flash
- {
- uint32_t CurrFlashAddress = 0;
-
- /* Clear the application section of flash */
- while (CurrFlashAddress < (uint32_t)BOOT_START_ADDR)
- {
- boot_page_erase(CurrFlashAddress);
- boot_spm_busy_wait();
- boot_page_write(CurrFlashAddress);
- boot_spm_busy_wait();
-
- CurrFlashAddress += SPM_PAGESIZE;
- }
-
- /* Re-enable the RWW section of flash as writing to the flash locks it out */
- boot_rww_enable();
-
- /* Memory has been erased, reset the security bit so that programming/reading is allowed */
- IsSecure = false;
- }
-}
-
-/** Handler for a Data Read command issued by the host. This routine handles bootloader information retrieval
- * commands such as device signature and bootloader version retrieval.
- */
-static void ProcessReadCommand(void)
-{
- const uint8_t BootloaderInfo[3] = {BOOTLOADER_VERSION, BOOTLOADER_ID_BYTE1, BOOTLOADER_ID_BYTE2};
- const uint8_t SignatureInfo[4] = {0x58, AVR_SIGNATURE_1, AVR_SIGNATURE_2, AVR_SIGNATURE_3};
-
- uint8_t DataIndexToRead = SentCommand.Data[1];
- bool ReadAddressInvalid = false;
-
- if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00)) // Read bootloader info
- {
- if (DataIndexToRead < 3)
- ResponseByte = BootloaderInfo[DataIndexToRead];
- else
- ReadAddressInvalid = true;
- }
- else if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x01)) // Read signature byte
- {
- switch (DataIndexToRead)
- {
- case 0x30:
- ResponseByte = SignatureInfo[0];
- break;
- case 0x31:
- ResponseByte = SignatureInfo[1];
- break;
- case 0x60:
- ResponseByte = SignatureInfo[2];
- break;
- case 0x61:
- ResponseByte = SignatureInfo[3];
- break;
- default:
- ReadAddressInvalid = true;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (ReadAddressInvalid)
- {
- /* Set the state and status variables to indicate the error */
- DFU_State = dfuERROR;
- DFU_Status = errADDRESS;
- }
-}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a97ba6c7ef..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,216 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for BootloaderDFU.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _BOOTLOADER_H_
-#define _BOOTLOADER_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
- #include <avr/wdt.h>
- #include <avr/boot.h>
- #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
- #include <avr/eeprom.h>
- #include <avr/power.h>
- #include <avr/interrupt.h>
- #include <util/delay.h>
- #include <stdbool.h>
-
- #include "Descriptors.h"
- #include "BootloaderAPI.h"
- #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
-
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
- #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__OPTIMIZE_SIZE__)
- #error This bootloader requires that it be optimized for size, not speed, to fit into the target device. Change optimization settings and try again.
- #endif
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** Major bootloader version number. */
- #define BOOTLOADER_VERSION_MINOR 2
-
- /** Minor bootloader version number. */
- #define BOOTLOADER_VERSION_REV 0
-
- /** Magic bootloader key to unlock forced application start mode. */
- #define MAGIC_BOOT_KEY 0xDC42
-
- /** Complete bootloader version number expressed as a packed byte, constructed from the
- * two individual bootloader version macros.
- */
- #define BOOTLOADER_VERSION ((BOOTLOADER_VERSION_MINOR << 4) | BOOTLOADER_VERSION_REV)
-
- /** First byte of the bootloader identification bytes, used to identify a device's bootloader. */
- #define BOOTLOADER_ID_BYTE1 0xDC
-
- /** Second byte of the bootloader identification bytes, used to identify a device's bootloader. */
- #define BOOTLOADER_ID_BYTE2 0xFB
-
- /** Convenience macro, used to determine if the issued command is the given one-byte long command.
- *
- * \param[in] dataarr Command byte array to check against
- * \param[in] cb1 First command byte to check
- */
- #define IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(dataarr, cb1) (dataarr[0] == (cb1))
-
- /** Convenience macro, used to determine if the issued command is the given two-byte long command.
- *
- * \param[in] dataarr Command byte array to check against
- * \param[in] cb1 First command byte to check
- * \param[in] cb2 Second command byte to check
- */
- #define IS_TWOBYTE_COMMAND(dataarr, cb1, cb2) ((dataarr[0] == (cb1)) && (dataarr[1] == (cb2)))
-
- /** Length of the DFU file suffix block, appended to the end of each complete memory write command.
- * The DFU file suffix is currently unused (but is designed to give extra file information, such as
- * a CRC of the complete firmware for error checking) and so is discarded.
- */
- #define DFU_FILE_SUFFIX_SIZE 16
-
- /** Length of the DFU file filler block, appended to the start of each complete memory write command.
- * Filler bytes are added to the start of each complete memory write command, and must be discarded.
- */
- #define DFU_FILLER_BYTES_SIZE 26
-
- /** DFU class command request to detach from the host. */
- #define DFU_REQ_DETATCH 0x00
-
- /** DFU class command request to send data from the host to the bootloader. */
- #define DFU_REQ_DNLOAD 0x01
-
- /** DFU class command request to send data from the bootloader to the host. */
- #define DFU_REQ_UPLOAD 0x02
-
- /** DFU class command request to get the current DFU status and state from the bootloader. */
- #define DFU_REQ_GETSTATUS 0x03
-
- /** DFU class command request to reset the current DFU status and state variables to their defaults. */
- #define DFU_REQ_CLRSTATUS 0x04
-
- /** DFU class command request to get the current DFU state of the bootloader. */
- #define DFU_REQ_GETSTATE 0x05
-
- /** DFU class command request to abort the current multi-request transfer and return to the dfuIDLE state. */
- #define DFU_REQ_ABORT 0x06
-
- /** DFU command to begin programming the device's memory. */
- #define COMMAND_PROG_START 0x01
-
- /** DFU command to begin reading the device's memory. */
- #define COMMAND_DISP_DATA 0x03
-
- /** DFU command to issue a write command. */
- #define COMMAND_WRITE 0x04
-
- /** DFU command to issue a read command. */
- #define COMMAND_READ 0x05
-
- /** DFU command to issue a memory base address change command, to set the current 64KB flash page
- * that subsequent flash operations should use. */
- #define COMMAND_CHANGE_BASE_ADDR 0x06
-
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** Type define for a non-returning function pointer to the loaded application. */
- typedef void (*AppPtr_t)(void) ATTR_NO_RETURN;
-
- /** Type define for a structure containing a complete DFU command issued by the host. */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t Command; /**< Single byte command to perform, one of the \c COMMAND_* macro values */
- uint8_t Data[5]; /**< Command parameters */
- uint16_t DataSize; /**< Size of the command parameters */
- } DFU_Command_t;
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** DFU bootloader states. Refer to the DFU class specification for information on each state. */
- enum DFU_State_t
- {
- appIDLE = 0,
- appDETACH = 1,
- dfuIDLE = 2,
- dfuDNLOAD_SYNC = 3,
- dfuDNBUSY = 4,
- dfuDNLOAD_IDLE = 5,
- dfuMANIFEST_SYNC = 6,
- dfuMANIFEST = 7,
- dfuMANIFEST_WAIT_RESET = 8,
- dfuUPLOAD_IDLE = 9,
- dfuERROR = 10
- };
-
- /** DFU command status error codes. Refer to the DFU class specification for information on each error code. */
- enum DFU_Status_t
- {
- OK = 0,
- errTARGET = 1,
- errFILE = 2,
- errWRITE = 3,
- errERASE = 4,
- errCHECK_ERASED = 5,
- errPROG = 6,
- errVERIFY = 7,
- errADDRESS = 8,
- errNOTDONE = 9,
- errFIRMWARE = 10,
- errVENDOR = 11,
- errUSBR = 12,
- errPOR = 13,
- errUNKNOWN = 14,
- errSTALLEDPKT = 15
- };
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- static void SetupHardware(void);
- static void ResetHardware(void);
-
- void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
-
- #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_BOOTLOADER_C)
- static void DiscardFillerBytes(uint8_t NumberOfBytes);
- static void ProcessBootloaderCommand(void);
- static void LoadStartEndAddresses(void);
- static void ProcessMemProgCommand(void);
- static void ProcessMemReadCommand(void);
- static void ProcessWriteCommand(void);
- static void ProcessReadCommand(void);
- #endif
-
- void Application_Jump_Check(void) ATTR_INIT_SECTION(3);
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.txt b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index b2540a5b6c..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,235 +0,0 @@
-/** \file
- *
- * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/** \mainpage DFU Class USB AVR Bootloader
- *
- * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
- *
- * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
- *
- * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
- * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
- * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4) - <i>See \ref SSec_Aux_Space</i>
- * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2) - <i>See \ref SSec_Aux_Space</i>
- *
- * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
- *
- * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
- * <td>Device</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
- * <td>Device Firmware Update Class (DFU)</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
- * <td>None</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
- * <td>USBIF DFU Class Standard, Atmel USB Bootloader Datasheet</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
- * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
- * Full Speed Mode</td>
- * </tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
- *
- * This bootloader enumerates to the host as a DFU Class device, allowing for DFU-compatible programming
- * software to load firmware onto the AVR.
- *
- * Out of the box this bootloader builds for the AT90USB1287 with an 8KB bootloader section size, and will fit
- * into 4KB of bootloader space. If you wish to alter this size and/or change the AVR model, you will need to
- * edit the MCU, FLASH_SIZE_KB and BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB values in the accompanying makefile.
- *
- * When the bootloader is running, the board's LED(s) will flash at regular intervals to distinguish the
- * bootloader from the normal user application.
- *
- * \section Sec_Running Running the Bootloader
- *
- * On the USB AVR8 devices, setting the \c HWBE device fuse will cause the bootloader to run if the \c HWB pin of
- * the AVR is grounded when the device is reset.
- *
- * The are two behaviours of this bootloader, depending on the device's fuses:
- *
- * <b>If the device's BOOTRST fuse is set</b>, the bootloader will run any time the system is reset from
- * the external reset pin, unless no valid user application has been loaded. To initiate the bootloader, the
- * device's external reset pin should be grounded momentarily.
- *
- * <b>If the device's BOOTRST fuse is not set</b>, the bootloader will run only if initiated via a software
- * jump, or if the \c HWB pin was low during the last device reset (if the \c HWBE fuse is set).
- *
- * For board specific exceptions to the above, see below.
- *
- * \subsection SSec_XPLAIN Atmel Xplain Board
- * Ground the USB AVR JTAG's \c TCK pin to ground when powering on the board to start the bootloader. This assumes the
- * \c HWBE fuse is cleared and the \c BOOTRST fuse is set as the HWBE pin is not user accessible on this board.
- *
- * \subsection SSec_Leonardo Arduino Leonardo Board
- * Ground \c IO13 when powering the board to start the bootloader. This assumes the \c HWBE fuse is cleared and the
- * \c BOOTRST fuse is set as the HWBE pin is not user accessible on this board.
- *
- * \section Sec_Installation Driver Installation
- *
- * This bootloader is designed to be compatible with Atmel's provided Windows DFU class drivers. You will need to
- * install Atmel's DFU drivers prior to using this bootloader on Windows platforms. If you are using a 64 bit Windows
- * OS, you will need to either disable the driver signing requirement (see online tutorials for details) or use a
- * digitally signed version of the official Atmel driver provided by a third party AVR user at
- * <a>http://www.avrfreaks.net/index.php?module=Freaks%20Academy&func=viewItem&item_id=2196&item_type=project</a>.
- *
- * \note This device spoofs Atmel's DFU Bootloader USB VID and PID so that the Atmel DFU bootloader
- * drivers included with FLIP will work. If you do not wish to use Atmel's ID codes, please
- * manually change them in Descriptors.c and alter your driver's INF file accordingly.
- *
- * \section Sec_HostApp Host Controller Application
- *
- * This bootloader is compatible with Atmel's FLIP utility on Windows machines, and dfu-programmer on Linux machines.
- *
- * \subsection SSec_FLIP FLIP (Windows)
- *
- * FLIP (Flexible In-System Programmer) is a utility written by Atmel, and distributed for free on the Atmel website.
- * The FLIP utility is designed to assist in the bootloader programming of a range of Atmel devices, through several
- * popular physical interfaces including USB. It is written in Java, however makes use of native extensions for USB
- * support and thus is only offered on Windows.
- *
- * To program a device using FLIP, refer to the Atmel FLIP documentation.
- *
- * \subsection SSec_DFUProgrammer dfu-programmer (Linux)
- *
- * dfu-programmer is an open-source command line solution for the bootloader programming of Atmel devices through a
- * USB connection, using the DFU protocol, available for download at <a>http://sourceforge.net/projects/dfu-programmer/</a>.
- *
- * The following example loads a HEX file into the AVR's FLASH memory using dfu-programmer:
- * \code
- * dfu-programmer at90usb1287 erase flash Mouse.hex
- * \endcode
- *
- * \section Sec_API User Application API
- *
- * Several user application functions for FLASH and other special memory area manipulations are exposed by the bootloader,
- * allowing the user application to call into the bootloader at runtime to read and write FLASH data.
- *
- * \warning The APIs exposed by the DFU class bootloader are \b NOT compatible with the API exposed by the official Atmel DFU bootloader.
- *
- * By default, the bootloader API jump table is located 32 bytes from the end of the device's FLASH memory, and follows the
- * following layout:
- *
- * \code
- * #define BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE 32
- * #define BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START ((FLASHEND + 1UL) - BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE)
- * #define BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(Index) (void*)((BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (Index * 2)) / 2)
- *
- * void (*BootloaderAPI_ErasePage)(uint32_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(0);
- * void (*BootloaderAPI_WritePage)(uint32_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(1);
- * void (*BootloaderAPI_FillWord)(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Word) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(2);
- * uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature)(uint16_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(3);
- * uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse)(uint16_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(4);
- * uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadLock)(void) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(5);
- * void (*BootloaderAPI_WriteLock)(uint8_t LockBits) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(6);
- *
- * #define BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE_START (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 2))
- * #define BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE 0xDCFB
- *
- * #define BOOTLOADER_CLASS_SIGNATURE_START (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 4))
- * #define BOOTLOADER_DFU_SIGNATURE 0xDF10
- *
- * #define BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_START (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 8))
- * #define BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_LENGTH 4
- * \endcode
- *
- * From the application the API support of the bootloader can be detected by reading the FLASH memory bytes located at address
- * \c BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE_START and comparing them to the value \c BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE. The class of bootloader
- * can be determined by reading the FLASH memory bytes located at address \c BOOTLOADER_CLASS_SIGNATURE_START and comparing them
- * to the value \c BOOTLOADER_DFU_SIGNATURE. The start address of the bootloader can be retrieved by reading the bytes of FLASH
- * memory starting from address \c BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_START.
- *
- * \subsection SSec_API_MemLayout Device Memory Map
- * The following illustration indicates the final memory map of the device when loaded with the bootloader.
- *
- * \verbatim
- * +----------------------------+ 0x0000
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | User Application |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - BOOT_AUX_SECTION_SIZE
- * | Booloader Start Trampoline |
- * | (Not User App. Accessible) |
- * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - (BOOT_AUX_SECTION_SIZE - 4)
- * | |
- * | Auxillery Bootloader |
- * | Space for Smaller Devices |
- * | (Not User App. Accessible) |
- * | |
- * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - BOOT_SECTION_SIZE
- * | |
- * | Bootloader Application |
- * | (Not User App. Accessible) |
- * | |
- * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 96
- * | API Table Trampolines |
- * | (Not User App. Accessible) |
- * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 32
- * | Bootloader API Table |
- * | (User App. Accessible) |
- * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 8
- * | Bootloader ID Constants |
- * | (User App. Accessible) |
- * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND
- * \endverbatim
- *
- * \subsection SSec_Aux_Space Auxiliary Bootloader Section
- * To make the bootloader function on smaller devices (those with a physical
- * bootloader section of smaller than 6KB)
- *
- * \section Sec_KnownIssues Known Issues:
- *
- * \par On Linux machines, the DFU bootloader is inaccessible.
- * On many Linux systems, non-root users do not have automatic access to newly
- * inserted DFU devices. Root privileges or a UDEV rule is required to gain
- * access.
- * See <a href=https://groups.google.com/d/msg/lufa-support/CP9cy2bc8yo/kBqsOu-RBeMJ>here</a> for resolution steps.
- *
- * \section Sec_Options Project Options
- *
- * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr>
- * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
- * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
- * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>SECURE_MODE</td>
- * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
- * <td>If defined to \c true, the bootloader will not accept any memory commands other than a chip erase on start-up, until an
- * erase has been performed. This can be used in conjunction with the AVR's lockbits to prevent the AVRs firmware from
- * being dumped by unauthorized persons. When false, all memory operations are allowed at any time.</td>
- * </tr>
- * </table>
- */
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/Config/AppConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/Config/AppConfig.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3acf33c7ea..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/Config/AppConfig.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Application Configuration Header File
- *
- * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
- * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
- * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
- * makefile or build system.
- *
- * For information on what each token does, refer to the
- * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
- */
-
-#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
-#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
-
- #define SECURE_MODE false
-
-#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/Config/LUFAConfig.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 59ae519e4c..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/Config/LUFAConfig.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
- *
- * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
- * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
- * a makefile.
- *
- * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
- * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
- */
-
-#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
-#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
-
- #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-
- /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
-// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
-
- /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
-// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
-// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
-
- /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
-// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
- #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
- #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
-// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
-// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
- #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
-
- /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
- #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
-// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
-// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
- #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
- #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 32
- #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
- #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
- #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
-// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
- #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
- #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
-
- /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
-// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
-// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
-// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
-
- #else
-
- #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
-
- #endif
-#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/Descriptors.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 46120781b1..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/Descriptors.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,193 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
- * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
- * the device's capabilities and functions.
- */
-
-#include "Descriptors.h"
-#include "Keyboard.h"
-
-#ifndef MANUFACTURER
- #define MANUFACTURER QMK
-#endif
-#ifndef PRODUCT
- #define PRODUCT Keyboard
-#endif
-
-/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the overall
- * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
- * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
- * process begins.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_Device_t DeviceDescriptor =
-{
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
-
- .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
- .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
- .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
- .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
-
- .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
-
- .VendorID = 0x03EB,
- .ProductID = PRODUCT_ID_CODE,
- .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,0),
-
- .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
- .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
- .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
-
- .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
-};
-
-/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the usage
- * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
- * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
- * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t ConfigurationDescriptor =
-{
- .Config =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
-
- .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
- .TotalInterfaces = 1,
-
- .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
- .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
-
- .ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
-
- .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
- },
-
- .DFU_Interface =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
-
- .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_DFU,
- .AlternateSetting = 0,
-
- .TotalEndpoints = 0,
-
- .Class = 0xFE,
- .SubClass = 0x01,
- .Protocol = 0x02,
-
- .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
- },
-
- .DFU_Functional =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_DFU_Functional_t), .Type = DTYPE_DFUFunctional},
-
- .Attributes = (ATTR_CAN_UPLOAD | ATTR_CAN_DOWNLOAD),
-
- .DetachTimeout = 0x0000,
- .TransferSize = 0x0C00,
-
- .DFUSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0)
- }
-};
-
-/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, is returned when the host requests
- * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
- * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_String_t LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
-
-/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
- * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
- * Descriptor.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_String_t ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(LSTR(MANUFACTURER));
-
-/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
- * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
- * Descriptor.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_String_t ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(LSTR(PRODUCT));
-
-/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
- * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
- * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
- * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
- * USB host.
- */
-uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
- const uint16_t wIndex,
- const void** const DescriptorAddress)
-{
- const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
- const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
-
- const void* Address = NULL;
- uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
-
- switch (DescriptorType)
- {
- case DTYPE_Device:
- Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
- Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
- break;
- case DTYPE_Configuration:
- Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
- Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
- break;
- case DTYPE_String:
- if (DescriptorNumber == STRING_ID_Language)
- {
- Address = &LanguageString;
- Size = LanguageString.Header.Size;
- }
- else if (DescriptorNumber == STRING_ID_Manufacturer)
- {
- Address = &ManufacturerString;
- Size = ManufacturerString.Header.Size;
- }
- else if (DescriptorNumber == STRING_ID_Product)
- {
- Address = &ProductString;
- Size = ProductString.Header.Size;
- }
-
- break;
- }
-
- *DescriptorAddress = Address;
- return Size;
-}
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/Descriptors.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7137d0f118..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/Descriptors.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,200 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for Descriptors.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
-#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
-
- #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** Descriptor type value for a DFU class functional descriptor. */
- #define DTYPE_DFUFunctional 0x21
-
- /** DFU attribute mask, indicating that the DFU device will detach and re-attach when a DFU_DETACH
- * command is issued, rather than the host issuing a USB Reset.
- */
- #define ATTR_WILL_DETATCH (1 << 3)
-
- /** DFU attribute mask, indicating that the DFU device can communicate during the manifestation phase
- * (memory programming phase).
- */
- #define ATTR_MANEFESTATION_TOLLERANT (1 << 2)
-
- /** DFU attribute mask, indicating that the DFU device can accept DFU_UPLOAD requests to send data from
- * the device to the host.
- */
- #define ATTR_CAN_UPLOAD (1 << 1)
-
- /** DFU attribute mask, indicating that the DFU device can accept DFU_DNLOAD requests to send data from
- * the host to the device.
- */
- #define ATTR_CAN_DOWNLOAD (1 << 0)
-
- #if defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__)
- #define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FFB
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x97
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
- #elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__)
- #define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FF9
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x96
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
- #elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__)
- #define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FFB
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x97
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
- #elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__)
- #define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FF9
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x96
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
- #elif defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__)
- #define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FF4
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x95
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x87
- #elif defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__)
- #define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FF3
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x94
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x88
- #elif defined(__AVR_ATmega32U2__)
- #define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FF0
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x95
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x8A
- #elif defined(__AVR_ATmega16U2__)
- #define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FEF
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x94
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x89
- #elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB162__)
- #define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FFA
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x94
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
- #elif defined(__AVR_ATmega8U2__)
- #define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FEE
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x93
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x89
- #elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB82__)
- #define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FF7
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x93
- #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
- #else
- #error The selected AVR part is not currently supported by this bootloader.
- #endif
-
- #if !defined(PRODUCT_ID_CODE)
- #error Current AVR model is not supported by this bootloader.
- #endif
-
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** Type define for a DFU class function descriptor. This descriptor gives DFU class information
- * to the host when read, indicating the DFU device's capabilities.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Standard descriptor header structure */
-
- uint8_t Attributes; /**< DFU device attributes, a mask comprising of the
- * ATTR_* macros listed in this source file
- */
- uint16_t DetachTimeout; /**< Timeout in milliseconds between a USB_DETACH
- * command being issued and the device detaching
- * from the USB bus
- */
- uint16_t TransferSize; /**< Maximum number of bytes the DFU device can accept
- * from the host in a transaction
- */
- uint16_t DFUSpecification; /**< BCD packed DFU specification number this DFU
- * device complies with
- */
- } USB_Descriptor_DFU_Functional_t;
-
- /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
- * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
- * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
-
- // DFU Interface
- USB_Descriptor_Interface_t DFU_Interface;
- USB_Descriptor_DFU_Functional_t DFU_Functional;
- } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
-
- /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
- * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
- * interface from other descriptors.
- */
- enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
- {
- INTERFACE_ID_DFU = 0, /**< DFU interface descriptor ID */
- };
-
- /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
- * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
- * other descriptors.
- */
- enum StringDescriptors_t
- {
- STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
- STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
- STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
- };
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
- const uint16_t wIndex,
- const void** const DescriptorAddress)
- ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
- // convert to L string
- #define LSTR(s) XLSTR(s)
- #define XLSTR(s) L ## #s
- // convert to string
- #define STR(s) XSTR(s)
- #define XSTR(s) #s
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/asf.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f56aba69f5..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/asf.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,156 +0,0 @@
-<asf xmlversion="1.0">
- <project caption="DFU Bootloader - 128KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.dfu.avr8.128_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_dfu_128kb_4kb_">
- <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.dfu"/>
- <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
- <generator value="as5_8"/>
-
- <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
- <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
-
- <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
- <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x1F000"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x1F000"/>
-
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x1FFA0"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x1FFE0"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x1FFF8"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
- </project>
-
- <project caption="DFU Bootloader - 64KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.dfu.avr8.64_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_dfu_64kb_4kb_">
- <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.dfu"/>
- <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
- <generator value="as5_8"/>
-
- <device-support value="at90usb647"/>
- <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
-
- <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
- <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0xF000"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0xF000"/>
-
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0xFFA0"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0xFFE0"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0xFFF8"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
- </project>
-
- <project caption="DFU Bootloader - 32KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.dfu.avr8.32_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_dfu_32kb_4kb_">
- <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.dfu"/>
- <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
- <generator value="as5_8"/>
-
- <device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
- <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
-
- <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
- <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x7000"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x7000"/>
-
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x7FA0"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x7FE0"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x7FF8"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
- </project>
-
- <project caption="DFU Bootloader - 16KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.dfu.avr8.16_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_dfu_16kb_4kb_">
- <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.dfu"/>
- <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
- <generator value="as5_8"/>
-
- <device-support value="atmega16u2"/>
- <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
- <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x3000"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x3000"/>
-
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x3FA0"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x3FE0"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x3FF8"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
- </project>
-
- <project caption="DFU Bootloader - 8KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.dfu.avr8.8_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_dfu_8kb_4kb_">
- <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.dfu"/>
- <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
- <generator value="as5_8"/>
-
- <device-support value="atmega8u2"/>
- <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
- <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x1000"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x1000"/>
-
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x1FA0"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x1FE0"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x1FF8"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
- </project>
-
- <module type="application" id="lufa.bootloaders.dfu" caption="DFU Bootloader">
- <info type="description" value="summary">
- DFU Class Bootloader, capable of reprogramming a device using the Atmel FLIP or other AVR DFU programming software when plugged into a host.
- </info>
-
- <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
-
- <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
- <keyword value="Bootloaders"/>
- <keyword value="USB Device"/>
- </info>
-
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
- <build type="include-path" value="."/>
- <build type="c-source" value="BootloaderDFU.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="BootloaderDFU.h"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="BootloaderAPI.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="BootloaderAPI.h"/>
- <build type="asm-source" value="BootloaderAPITable.S"/>
-
- <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
-
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="BootloaderDFU.txt"/>
-
- <require idref="lufa.common"/>
- <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
- </module>
-</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/doxyfile
deleted file mode 100644
index cbb03d6fa9..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/doxyfile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2396 +0,0 @@
-# Doxyfile 1.8.9
-
-# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
-# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
-#
-# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
-# front of the TAG it is preceding.
-#
-# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
-# The format is:
-# TAG = value [value, ...]
-# For lists, items can also be appended using:
-# TAG += value [value, ...]
-# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Project related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
-# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
-# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
-# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
-# for the list of possible encodings.
-# The default value is: UTF-8.
-
-DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
-
-# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
-# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
-# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
-# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
-# The default value is: My Project.
-
-PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - DFU Class Bootloader"
-
-# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
-# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
-# control system is used.
-
-PROJECT_NUMBER =
-
-# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
-# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
-# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
-
-PROJECT_BRIEF =
-
-# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
-# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
-# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
-# the logo to the output directory.
-
-PROJECT_LOGO =
-
-# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
-# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
-# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
-# left blank the current directory will be used.
-
-OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
-
-# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
-# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
-# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
-# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
-# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
-# performance problems for the file system.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
-
-# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
-# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
-# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
-# U+3044.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
-
-# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
-# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
-# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
-# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
-# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
-# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
-# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
-# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
-# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
-# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
-# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
-# The default value is: English.
-
-OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
-
-# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
-# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
-# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
-
-# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
-# description of a member or function before the detailed description
-#
-# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
-# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
-
-# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
-# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
-# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
-# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
-# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
-# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
-# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
-# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
-
-ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
- "The $name widget" \
- "The $name file" \
- is \
- provides \
- specifies \
- contains \
- represents \
- a \
- an \
- the
-
-# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
-# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
-# description.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
-# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
-# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
-# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
-
-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
-# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
-# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
-
-# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
-# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
-# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
-# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
-# strip.
-#
-# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
-# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
-# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
-
-STRIP_FROM_PATH =
-
-# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
-# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
-# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
-# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
-# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
-# using the -I flag.
-
-STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
-
-# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
-# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
-# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SHORT_NAMES = YES
-
-# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
-# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
-# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
-# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
-# description.)
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
-
-# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
-# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
-# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
-# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
-
-# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
-# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
-# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
-# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
-# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
-#
-# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
-# not recognized any more.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
-
-# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
-# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-INHERIT_DOCS = YES
-
-# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
-# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
-# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
-
-# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
-# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
-# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
-
-TAB_SIZE = 4
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
-# the documentation. An alias has the form:
-# name=value
-# For example adding
-# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
-# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
-# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
-# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
-# newlines.
-
-ALIASES =
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
-# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
-# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
-
-TCL_SUBST =
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
-# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
-# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
-# members will be omitted, etc.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
-# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
-# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
-# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
-
-# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
-# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
-# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
-# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
-# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
-# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
-# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
-# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
-# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
-# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
-# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
-#
-# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
-#
-# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
-# the files are not read by doxygen.
-
-EXTENSION_MAPPING =
-
-# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
-# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
-# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
-# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
-# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
-# case of backward compatibilities issues.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
-# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
-# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
-# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
-
-# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
-# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
-# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
-# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
-# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
-# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
-# enable parsing support.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
-# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
-# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
-# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SIP_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
-# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
-# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
-# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
-# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
-# should set this option to NO.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
-
-# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
-# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
-# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
-# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
-
-# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
-# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
-# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
-# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
-# \nosubgrouping command.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SUBGROUPING = YES
-
-# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
-# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
-# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
-# and RTF).
-#
-# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
-# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
-
-# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
-# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
-# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
-# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
-# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
-# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
-
-# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
-# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
-# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
-# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
-# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
-# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
-# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
-
-# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
-# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
-# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
-# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
-# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
-# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
-# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
-# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
-# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
-
-LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Build related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
-# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
-# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
-# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
-# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
-# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_ALL = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
-# be included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
-# scope will be included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
-
-# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
-# included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
-# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
-# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
-# for Java sources.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
-
-# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
-# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
-# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
-# included.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
-
-# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
-# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
-# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
-# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
-# are hidden.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
-# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
-# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
-# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
-# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
-# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
-# included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
-# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
-# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
-
-# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
-# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
-# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
-
-# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
-# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
-# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
-# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
-# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
-# The default value is: system dependent.
-
-CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
-# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
-# scope will be hidden.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
-# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
-# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
-
-# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
-# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
-
-# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
-# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
-# which file to include in order to use the member.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
-
-# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
-# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
-# documentation for inline members.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-INLINE_INFO = YES
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
-# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
-
-# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
-# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
-# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
-# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
-# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
-# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
-# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
-# member documentation.
-# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
-# detailed member documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
-
-# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
-# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
-# appear in their defined order.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
-# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
-# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
-# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
-# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
-# list.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
-
-# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
-# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
-# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
-# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
-# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
-# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
-# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
-# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
-# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
-# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
-# the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
-
-# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
-# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
-# ... \endcond blocks.
-
-ENABLED_SECTIONS =
-
-# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
-# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
-# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
-# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
-# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
-# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
-# documentation regardless of this setting.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
-
-MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
-
-# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
-# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
-# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
-# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
-# (if specified).
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_FILES = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
-# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
-# Folder Tree View (if specified).
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
-
-# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
-# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
-# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
-# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
-# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
-# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
-# version. For an example see the documentation.
-
-FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
-
-# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
-# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
-# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
-# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
-# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
-# will be used as the name of the layout file.
-#
-# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
-# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
-# tag is left empty.
-
-LAYOUT_FILE =
-
-# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
-# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
-# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
-# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
-# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
-# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
-# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
-
-CITE_BIB_FILES =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
-# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
-# messages are off.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-QUIET = YES
-
-# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
-# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
-# this implies that the warnings are on.
-#
-# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-WARNINGS = YES
-
-# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
-# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
-# will automatically be disabled.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
-
-# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
-# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
-# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
-# markup commands wrongly.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
-
-# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
-# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
-# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
-# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
-
-# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
-# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
-# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
-# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
-# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
-# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
-# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
-
-WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
-
-# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
-# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
-# error (stderr).
-
-WARN_LOGFILE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the input files
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
-# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
-# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
-# spaces.
-# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
-
-INPUT = ./
-
-# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
-# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
-# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
-# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
-# possible encodings.
-# The default value is: UTF-8.
-
-INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
-# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
-# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
-# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
-# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
-# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
-# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
-
-FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
- *.c \
- *.txt
-
-# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
-# be searched for input files as well.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-RECURSIVE = YES
-
-# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
-# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
-# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
-#
-# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
-# run.
-
-EXCLUDE = Documentation/
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
-# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
-# from the input.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
-# certain files from those directories.
-#
-# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
-# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
-
-EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
-# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
-# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
-# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
-# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
-#
-# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
-# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
- INCLUDE_FROM_*
-
-# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
-# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
-# command).
-
-EXAMPLE_PATH =
-
-# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
-# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
-# files are included.
-
-EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
-
-# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
-# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
-# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
-
-# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
-# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
-# \image command).
-
-IMAGE_PATH =
-
-# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
-# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
-# by executing (via popen()) the command:
-#
-# <filter> <input-file>
-#
-# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
-# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
-# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
-# will be ignored.
-#
-# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
-# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
-# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
-
-INPUT_FILTER =
-
-# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
-# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
-# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
-# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
-# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
-# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
-
-FILTER_PATTERNS =
-
-# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
-# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
-# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
-
-# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
-# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
-# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
-# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
-# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
-
-# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
-# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
-# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
-# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
-
-USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to source browsing
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
-# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
-#
-# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
-# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
-
-# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
-# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_SOURCES = NO
-
-# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
-# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
-# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
-
-# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
-# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
-# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
-# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
-# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
-# link to the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
-
-# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
-# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
-# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
-# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
-# can opt to disable this feature.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
-
-SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
-
-# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
-# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
-# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
-# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
-# 4.8.6 or higher.
-#
-# To use it do the following:
-# - Install the latest version of global
-# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
-# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
-# - Run doxygen as normal
-#
-# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
-# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
-#
-# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
-# source code will now point to the output of htags.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
-
-USE_HTAGS = NO
-
-# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
-# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
-# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
-# See also: Section \class.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
-
-# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
-# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
-# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
-# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
-# information.
-# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
-# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
-
-# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
-# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
-# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
-# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
-# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
-
-CLANG_OPTIONS =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
-# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
-# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
-
-# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
-# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
-# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
-# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
-
-COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
-
-# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
-# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
-# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
-# while generating the index headers.
-# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
-
-IGNORE_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the HTML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_HTML = YES
-
-# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: html.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_OUTPUT = html
-
-# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
-# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
-# The default value is: .html.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
-
-# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
-# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard header.
-#
-# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
-# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
-# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
-# default header using
-# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
-# YourConfigFile
-# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
-# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
-# uses.
-# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
-# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
-# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_HEADER =
-
-# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
-# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
-# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
-# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
-# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
-# that doxygen normally uses.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_FOOTER =
-
-# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
-# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
-# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
-# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
-# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
-# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
-# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
-# obsolete.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_STYLESHEET =
-
-# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
-# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
-# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
-# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
-# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
-# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
-# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
-# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
-# list). For an example see the documentation.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
-
-# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
-# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
-# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
-# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
-# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
-# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
-# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
-# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
-# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
-# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
-# purple, and 360 is red again.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
-# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
-# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
-# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
-# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
-# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
-# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
-# change the gamma.
-# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
-
-# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
-# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
-# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
-
-# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
-# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
-# page has loaded.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
-
-# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
-# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
-# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
-# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
-# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
-# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
-# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
-# tree by default.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
-
-# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
-# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
-# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
-# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
-# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
-# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
-# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
-# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
-# for more information.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
-
-# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
-# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
-# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
-# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
-
-# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
-# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
-# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
-# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
-# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
-
-# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
-# The default value is: Publisher.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
-# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
-# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
-# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
-# Windows.
-#
-# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
-# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
-# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
-# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
-# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
-# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
-# compressed HTML files.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
-
-# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
-# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
-# written to the html output directory.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-CHM_FILE =
-
-# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
-# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
-# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
-# The file has to be specified with full path.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-HHC_LOCATION =
-
-# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
-# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_CHI = NO
-
-# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
-# and project file content.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
-
-# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
-# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
-# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-BINARY_TOC = NO
-
-# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
-# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-TOC_EXPAND = YES
-
-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
-# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
-# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
-# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_QHP = NO
-
-# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
-# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
-# the HTML output folder.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QCH_FILE =
-
-# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
-# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
-# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
-# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
-# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
-# folders).
-# The default value is: doc.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
-
-# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
-# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
-# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
-# filters).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
-
-# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
-# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
-# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
-# filters).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
-
-# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
-# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
-# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
-
-# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
-# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
-# generated .qhp file.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHG_LOCATION =
-
-# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
-# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
-# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
-# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
-# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
-# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
-# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
-
-# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
-# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
-# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
-
-ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
-# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
-# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
-# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
-# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
-# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-DISABLE_INDEX = YES
-
-# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
-# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
-# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
-# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
-# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
-# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
-# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
-# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
-# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
-# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
-# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
-# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
-
-# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
-# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
-#
-# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
-# in the overview section.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
-
-# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
-# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
-
-# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
-# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
-
-# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
-# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
-# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
-# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
-# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
-
-# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
-# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
-# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
-#
-# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
-# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
-
-# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
-# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
-# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
-# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
-# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
-# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-USE_MATHJAX = NO
-
-# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
-# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
-# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
-# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
-# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
-# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
-
-# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
-# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
-# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
-# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
-# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
-# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
-# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
-# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
-# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
-
-# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
-# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
-# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
-
-# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
-# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
-# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
-# example see the documentation.
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
-
-# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
-# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
-# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
-# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
-# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
-# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
-# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
-# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
-# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
-# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
-# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
-# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
-# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
-# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
-# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
-# option.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-SEARCHENGINE = NO
-
-# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
-# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
-# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
-# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
-# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
-# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
-# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
-
-# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
-# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
-# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
-# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
-# search results.
-#
-# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
-# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
-# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
-#
-# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
-
-# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
-# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
-#
-# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
-# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
-# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
-# Searching" for details.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-SEARCHENGINE_URL =
-
-# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
-# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
-# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
-# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
-
-# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
-# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
-# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
-# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
-
-# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
-# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
-# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
-# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
-# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
-# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_LATEX = NO
-
-# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: latex.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
-
-# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
-# invoked.
-#
-# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
-# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
-# written to the output directory.
-# The default file is: latex.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
-
-# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
-# index for LaTeX.
-# The default file is: makeindex.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
-
-# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
-# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
-# trees in general.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-COMPACT_LATEX = NO
-
-# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
-# printer.
-# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
-# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
-# The default value is: a4.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
-
-# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
-# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
-# instance you can specify
-# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
-# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-EXTRA_PACKAGES =
-
-# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
-# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
-# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
-# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
-# default header to a separate file.
-#
-# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
-# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
-# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
-# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
-# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
-# to HTML_HEADER.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_HEADER =
-
-# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
-# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
-# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
-# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
-# special commands can be used inside the footer.
-#
-# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_FOOTER =
-
-# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
-# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
-# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
-# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
-# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
-# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
-# list).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
-
-# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
-# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
-# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
-# markers available.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
-
-# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
-# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
-# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
-
-# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
-# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
-# higher quality PDF documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-USE_PDFLATEX = YES
-
-# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
-# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
-# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
-# when generating formulas in HTML.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
-
-# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
-# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
-
-# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
-# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
-#
-# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
-# SOURCE_BROWSER.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
-
-# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
-# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
-# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
-# The default value is: plain.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the RTF output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
-# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
-# readers/editors.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_RTF = NO
-
-# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: rtf.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
-
-# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
-# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
-# trees in general.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-COMPACT_RTF = NO
-
-# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
-# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
-# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
-# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
-# fields.
-#
-# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
-
-# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
-# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
-# missing definitions are set to their default value.
-#
-# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
-# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
-
-# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
-# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
-# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
-
-# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
-# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
-#
-# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
-# SOURCE_BROWSER.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the man page output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
-# classes and files.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_MAN = NO
-
-# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
-# MAN_OUTPUT.
-# The default directory is: man.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_OUTPUT = man
-
-# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
-# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
-# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
-# optional.
-# The default value is: .3.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_EXTENSION = .3
-
-# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
-# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
-# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_SUBDIR =
-
-# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
-# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
-# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
-# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_LINKS = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the XML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
-# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_XML = NO
-
-# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: xml.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
-
-XML_OUTPUT = xml
-
-# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
-# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
-# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
-# of the XML output.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
-
-XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
-# that can be used to generate PDF.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
-
-# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
-# front of it.
-# The default directory is: docbook.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
-
-DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
-
-# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
-# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
-# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
-# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
-
-DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
-# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
-# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
-# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
-# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
-#
-# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
-# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
-# output from the Perl module output.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
-
-PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
-# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
-# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
-# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
-# just the same.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
-
-PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
-
-# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
-# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
-# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
-# overwrite each other's variables.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
-
-PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
-# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
-# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
-# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
-# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
-
-# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
-# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
-# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
-
-# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
-# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
-
-# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
-# preprocessor.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDE_PATH =
-
-# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
-# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
-# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
-# used.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
-
-# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
-# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
-# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
-# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
-# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
-# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
- PROGMEM \
- ATTR_NO_INIT
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
-# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
-# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
-# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
-# definition found in the source code.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
-
-# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
-# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
-# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
-# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
-# removed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to external references
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
-# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
-# a tag file without this location is as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
-# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
-# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
-# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
-# of tag files.
-# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
-# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
-# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
-
-TAGFILES =
-
-# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
-# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
-# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
-
-GENERATE_TAGFILE =
-
-# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
-# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
-# listed.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-ALLEXTERNALS = NO
-
-# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
-# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
-# listed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
-
-# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
-# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
-# be listed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
-
-# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
-# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
-# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
-
-PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the dot tool
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
-# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
-# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
-# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
-# powerful graphs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
-
-# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
-# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
-# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
-# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
-# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
-# default search path.
-
-MSCGEN_PATH =
-
-# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
-# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
-# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
-# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
-
-DIA_PATH =
-
-# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
-# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
-
-# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
-# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
-# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
-# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
-# set to NO
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HAVE_DOT = NO
-
-# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
-# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
-# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
-# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
-# speed.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
-
-# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
-# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
-# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
-# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
-# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
-# The default value is: Helvetica.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_FONTNAME =
-
-# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
-# dot graphs.
-# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
-
-# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
-# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
-# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_FONTPATH =
-
-# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
-# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
-# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-CLASS_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
-# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
-# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
-# class with other documented classes.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
-# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
-# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
-# Language.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-UML_LOOK = NO
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
-# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
-# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
-# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
-# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
-# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
-# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
-# 10.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
-
-# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
-# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
-# instances.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
-
-# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
-# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
-# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
-# files.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
-# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
-# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
-# files.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
-# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
-#
-# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
-# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
-# functions only using the \callgraph command.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-CALL_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
-# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
-#
-# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
-# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
-# functions only using the \callergraph command.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-CALLER_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
-# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
-
-# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
-# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
-# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
-# files in the directories.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
-
-# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
-# generated by dot.
-# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
-# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
-# requirement).
-# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
-# The default value is: png.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
-
-# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
-# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
-#
-# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
-# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
-# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
-# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
-
-# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
-# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_PATH =
-
-# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
-# command).
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOTFILE_DIRS =
-
-# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
-# command).
-
-MSCFILE_DIRS =
-
-# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
-# command).
-
-DIAFILE_DIRS =
-
-# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
-# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
-# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
-# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
-# will not generate output for the diagram.
-
-PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
-
-# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
-# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
-
-PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
-
-# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
-# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
-# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
-# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
-# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
-# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
-
-# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
-# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
-# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
-# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
-# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
-# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
-
-# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
-# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
-# to support this out of the box.
-#
-# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
-# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
-# read).
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
-
-# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
-# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
-# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
-# this, this feature is disabled by default.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
-# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
-# graphs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
-
-# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
-# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/makefile b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index a10a576376..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-#
-# LUFA Library
-# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-#
-# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-# www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-# --------------------------------------
-# LUFA Project Makefile.
-# --------------------------------------
-
-# Run "make help" for target help.
-
-MCU ?= atmega32u4
-ARCH ?= AVR8
-BOARD ?= QMK
-F_CPU ?= 16000000
-F_USB ?= $(F_CPU)
-OPTIMIZATION = s
-TARGET = BootloaderDFU
-SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c BootloaderAPI.c BootloaderAPITable.S $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
-LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
-CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ -DBOOT_START_ADDR=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET)
-LD_FLAGS = -Wl,--section-start=.text=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET) $(BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS)
-
-# Flash size and bootloader section sizes of the target, in KB. These must
-# match the target's total FLASH size and the bootloader size set in the
-# device's fuses.
-FLASH_SIZE_KB ?= 32
-BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB ?= 4
-
-# Bootloader address calculation formulas
-# Do not modify these macros, but rather modify the dependent values above.
-CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX = $(shell printf "0x%X" $$(( $(1) )) )
-BOOT_START_OFFSET = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) - $(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB)) * 1024 )
-BOOT_SEC_OFFSET = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) * 1024) - ($(strip $(1))) )
-
-# Bootloader linker section flags for relocating the API table sections to
-# known FLASH addresses - these should not normally be user-edited.
-BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG = -Wl,--section-start=$(strip $(1))=$(call BOOT_SEC_OFFSET, $(3)) -Wl,--undefined=$(strip $(2))
-BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS = $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_trampolines, BootloaderAPI_Trampolines, 96)
-BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_jumptable, BootloaderAPI_JumpTable, 32)
-BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_signatures, BootloaderAPI_Signatures, 8)
-
-# Default target
-all:
-
-# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
-DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
-include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
-include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
-
-# Include common DMBS build system modules
-DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.c b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.c
deleted file mode 100644
index fa1dd5873e..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,198 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Main source file for the HID class bootloader. This file contains the complete bootloader logic.
- */
-
-#include "BootloaderHID.h"
-
-/** Flag to indicate if the bootloader should be running, or should exit and allow the application code to run
- * via a soft reset. When cleared, the bootloader will abort, the USB interface will shut down and the application
- * started via a forced watchdog reset.
- */
-static bool RunBootloader = true;
-
-/** Magic lock for forced application start. If the HWBE fuse is programmed and BOOTRST is unprogrammed, the bootloader
- * will start if the /HWB line of the AVR is held low and the system is reset. However, if the /HWB line is still held
- * low when the application attempts to start via a watchdog reset, the bootloader will re-start. If set to the value
- * \ref MAGIC_BOOT_KEY the special init function \ref Application_Jump_Check() will force the application to start.
- */
-uint16_t MagicBootKey ATTR_NO_INIT;
-
-
-/** Special startup routine to check if the bootloader was started via a watchdog reset, and if the magic application
- * start key has been loaded into \ref MagicBootKey. If the bootloader started via the watchdog and the key is valid,
- * this will force the user application to start via a software jump.
- */
-void Application_Jump_Check(void)
-{
- /* If the reset source was the bootloader and the key is correct, clear it and jump to the application */
- if ((MCUSR & (1 << WDRF)) && (MagicBootKey == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
- {
- /* Turn off the watchdog */
- MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
- wdt_disable();
-
- /* Clear the boot key and jump to the user application */
- MagicBootKey = 0;
-
- // cppcheck-suppress constStatement
- ((void (*)(void))0x0000)();
- }
-}
-
-/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the bootloader, then continuously
- * runs the bootloader processing routine until instructed to soft-exit.
- */
-int main(void)
-{
- /* Setup hardware required for the bootloader */
- SetupHardware();
-
- /* Enable global interrupts so that the USB stack can function */
- GlobalInterruptEnable();
-
- while (RunBootloader)
- USB_USBTask();
-
- /* Disconnect from the host - USB interface will be reset later along with the AVR */
- USB_Detach();
-
- /* Unlock the forced application start mode of the bootloader if it is restarted */
- MagicBootKey = MAGIC_BOOT_KEY;
-
- /* Enable the watchdog and force a timeout to reset the AVR */
- wdt_enable(WDTO_250MS);
-
- for (;;);
-}
-
-/** Configures all hardware required for the bootloader. */
-static void SetupHardware(void)
-{
- /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
- MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
- wdt_disable();
-
- /* Disable clock division */
- clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
-
- /* Relocate the interrupt vector table to the bootloader section */
- MCUCR = (1 << IVCE);
- MCUCR = (1 << IVSEL);
-
- /* Initialize USB subsystem */
- USB_Init();
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This configures the device's endpoints ready
- * to relay data to and from the attached USB host.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
-{
- /* Setup HID Report Endpoint */
- Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(HID_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, HID_IN_EPSIZE, 1);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
- * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
- * internally.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
-{
- /* Ignore any requests that aren't directed to the HID interface */
- if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & (CONTROL_REQTYPE_TYPE | CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT)) !=
- (REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
- {
- return;
- }
-
- /* Process HID specific control requests */
- switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
- {
- case HID_REQ_SetReport:
- Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-
- /* Wait until the command has been sent by the host */
- while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()));
-
- /* Read in the write destination address */
- #if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
- uint32_t PageAddress = ((uint32_t)Endpoint_Read_16_LE() << 8);
- #else
- uint16_t PageAddress = Endpoint_Read_16_LE();
- #endif
-
- /* Check if the command is a program page command, or a start application command */
- #if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
- if ((uint16_t)(PageAddress >> 8) == COMMAND_STARTAPPLICATION)
- #else
- if (PageAddress == COMMAND_STARTAPPLICATION)
- #endif
- {
- RunBootloader = false;
- }
- else if (PageAddress < BOOT_START_ADDR)
- {
- /* Erase the given FLASH page, ready to be programmed */
- boot_page_erase(PageAddress);
- boot_spm_busy_wait();
-
- /* Write each of the FLASH page's bytes in sequence */
- for (uint8_t PageWord = 0; PageWord < (SPM_PAGESIZE / 2); PageWord++)
- {
- /* Check if endpoint is empty - if so clear it and wait until ready for next packet */
- if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
- {
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
- while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()));
- }
-
- /* Write the next data word to the FLASH page */
- boot_page_fill(PageAddress + ((uint16_t)PageWord << 1), Endpoint_Read_16_LE());
- }
-
- /* Write the filled FLASH page to memory */
- boot_page_write(PageAddress);
- boot_spm_busy_wait();
-
- /* Re-enable RWW section */
- boot_rww_enable();
- }
-
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
- Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
- break;
- }
-}
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 62ee07de30..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for BootloaderHID.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _BOOTLOADERHID_H_
-#define _BOOTLOADERHID_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
- #include <avr/wdt.h>
- #include <avr/boot.h>
- #include <avr/power.h>
- #include <avr/interrupt.h>
- #include <stdbool.h>
-
- #include "Descriptors.h"
-
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
- #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__OPTIMIZE_SIZE__)
- #error This bootloader requires that it be optimized for size, not speed, to fit into the target device. Change optimization settings and try again.
- #endif
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** Bootloader special address to start the user application */
- #define COMMAND_STARTAPPLICATION 0xFFFF
-
- /** Magic bootloader key to unlock forced application start mode. */
- #define MAGIC_BOOT_KEY 0xDC42
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- static void SetupHardware(void);
-
- void Application_Jump_Check(void) ATTR_INIT_SECTION(3);
-
- void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.txt b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index e340703c41..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-/** \file
- *
- * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/** \mainpage HID Class USB AVR Bootloader
- *
- * \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
- *
- * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
- *
- * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
- * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
- * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
- * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
- *
- * \section SSec_Info USB Information:
- *
- * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
- * <td>Device</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
- * <td>Human Interface Device Class (HID)</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
- * <td>N/A</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
- * <td>USBIF HID Class Standard \n
- * Teensy Programming Protocol Specification</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
- * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
- * Full Speed Mode</td>
- * </tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * \section SSec_Description Project Description:
- *
- * This bootloader enumerates to the host as a HID Class device, allowing for device FLASH programming through
- * the supplied command line software, which is a modified version of Paul's TeensyHID Command Line loader code
- * from PJRC (used with permission). This bootloader is deliberately non-compatible with the proprietary PJRC
- * HalfKay bootloader GUI; only the command line interface software accompanying this bootloader will work with it.
- *
- * Out of the box this bootloader builds for the AT90USB1287 with an 8KB bootloader section size, and will fit
- * into 2KB of bootloader space for the Series 2 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU2, AT90USBxx2) or 4KB of bootloader space for
- * all other models. If you wish to alter this size and/or change the AVR model, you will need to edit the MCU,
- * FLASH_SIZE_KB and BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB values in the accompanying makefile.
- *
- * \warning <b>THIS BOOTLOADER IS NOT SECURE.</b> Malicious entities can recover written data, even if the device
- * lockbits are set.
- *
- * \section Sec_Running Running the Bootloader
- *
- * This bootloader is designed to be started via the \c HWB mechanism of the USB AVRs; ground the \c HWB pin (see device
- * datasheet) then momentarily ground \c /RESET to start the bootloader. This assumes the \c HWBE fuse is set and the
- * \c BOOTRST fuse is cleared.
- *
- * \section Sec_Installation Driver Installation
- *
- * This bootloader uses the HID class driver inbuilt into all modern operating systems, thus no additional drivers
- * need to be supplied for correct operation.
- *
- * \section Sec_HostApp Host Controller Application
- *
- * Due to licensing issues, the supplied bootloader is compatible with the HalfKay bootloader protocol designed
- * by PJRC, but is <b>not compatible with the cross-platform loader GUI</b>. A modified version of the open source
- * cross-platform TeensyLoader application is supplied, which can be compiled under most operating systems. The
- * command-line loader application should remain compatible with genuine Teensy boards in addition to boards using
- * this custom bootloader.
- *
- * Once compiled, programs can be loaded into the AVR's FLASH memory through the following example command:
- * \code
- * hid_bootloader_cli -mmcu=at90usb1287 Mouse.hex
- * \endcode
- *
- * \section Sec_KnownIssues Known Issues:
- *
- * \par After loading an application, it is not run automatically on startup.
- * Some USB AVR boards ship with the \c BOOTRST fuse set, causing the bootloader
- * to run automatically when the device is reset. This booloader requires the
- * \c BOOTRST be disabled and the HWBE fuse used instead to run the bootloader
- * when needed.
- *
- * \section SSec_Options Project Options
- *
- * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * None
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- * </table>
- */
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/Config/LUFAConfig.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5aa0e765bf..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/Config/LUFAConfig.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
- *
- * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
- * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
- * a makefile.
- *
- * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
- * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
- */
-
-#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
-#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
-
- #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-
- /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
-// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
-
- /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
-// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
-// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
-
- /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
- #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
- #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
- #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
-// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
-// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
- #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
-
- /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
- #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
-// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
-// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
- #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
- #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
- #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
- #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
-// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
-// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
- #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
- #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
-
- /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
-// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
-// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
-// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
-
- #else
-
- #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
-
- #endif
-#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/Descriptors.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 854ae1b636..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/Descriptors.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,187 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
- * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
- * the device's capabilities and functions.
- */
-
-#include "Descriptors.h"
-
-/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
- * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
- * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
- * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
- * more details on HID report descriptors.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t HIDReport[] =
-{
- HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(16, 0xFFDC), /* Vendor Page 0xDC */
- HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0xFB), /* Vendor Usage 0xFB */
- HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), /* Vendor Usage 1 */
- HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x02), /* Vendor Usage 2 */
- HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
- HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0xFF),
- HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
- HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(16, (sizeof(uint16_t) + SPM_PAGESIZE)),
- HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE | HID_IOF_NON_VOLATILE),
- HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
-};
-
-/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the overall
- * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
- * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
- * process begins.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_Device_t DeviceDescriptor =
-{
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
-
- .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
- .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
- .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
- .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
-
- .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
-
- .VendorID = 0x03EB,
- .ProductID = 0x2067,
- .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
-
- .ManufacturerStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
- .ProductStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
- .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
-
- .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
-};
-
-/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the usage
- * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
- * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
- * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t ConfigurationDescriptor =
-{
- .Config =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
-
- .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
- .TotalInterfaces = 1,
-
- .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
- .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
-
- .ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
-
- .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
- },
-
- .HID_Interface =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
-
- .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_GenericHID,
- .AlternateSetting = 0x00,
-
- .TotalEndpoints = 1,
-
- .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
- .SubClass = HID_CSCP_NonBootSubclass,
- .Protocol = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol,
-
- .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
- },
-
- .HID_VendorHID =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
-
- .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
- .CountryCode = 0x00,
- .TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
- .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
- .HIDReportLength = sizeof(HIDReport)
- },
-
- .HID_ReportINEndpoint =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
-
- .EndpointAddress = HID_IN_EPADDR,
- .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
- .EndpointSize = HID_IN_EPSIZE,
- .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
- },
-};
-
-/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
- * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
- * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
- * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
- * USB host.
- */
-uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
- const uint16_t wIndex,
- const void** const DescriptorAddress)
-{
- const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
-
- const void* Address = NULL;
- uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
-
- /* If/Else If chain compiles slightly smaller than a switch case */
- if (DescriptorType == DTYPE_Device)
- {
- Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
- Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
- }
- else if (DescriptorType == DTYPE_Configuration)
- {
- Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
- Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
- }
- else if (DescriptorType == HID_DTYPE_HID)
- {
- Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_VendorHID;
- Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
- }
- else if (DescriptorType == HID_DTYPE_Report)
- {
- Address = &HIDReport;
- Size = sizeof(HIDReport);
- }
-
- *DescriptorAddress = Address;
- return Size;
-}
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/Descriptors.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5516b16354..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/Descriptors.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for Descriptors.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
-#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
-
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
- * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
- * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
-
- // Generic HID Interface
- USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
- USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_VendorHID;
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
- } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
-
- /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
- * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
- * interface from other descriptors.
- */
- enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
- {
- INTERFACE_ID_GenericHID = 0, /**< GenericHID interface descriptor ID */
- };
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** Endpoint address of the HID data IN endpoint. */
- #define HID_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
-
- /** Size in bytes of the HID reporting IN endpoint. */
- #define HID_IN_EPSIZE 64
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
- const uint16_t wIndex,
- const void** const DescriptorAddress)
- ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/.gitignore b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/.gitignore
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e73d1ec5b..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/.gitignore
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-hid_bootloader_cli
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/Makefile b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/Makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index d7d6458a5c..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/Makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-OS ?= LINUX
-#OS ?= WINDOWS
-#OS ?= MACOSX
-#OS ?= BSD
-
-ifeq ($(OS), LINUX) # also works on FreeBSD
-CC ?= gcc
-CFLAGS ?= -O2 -Wall
-hid_bootloader_cli: hid_bootloader_cli.c
- $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -s -DUSE_LIBUSB -o hid_bootloader_cli hid_bootloader_cli.c -lusb
-
-
-else ifeq ($(OS), WINDOWS)
-CC = i586-mingw32msvc-gcc
-CFLAGS ?= -O2 -Wall
-LDLIB = -lsetupapi -lhid
-hid_bootloader_cli.exe: hid_bootloader_cli.c
- $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -s -DUSE_WIN32 -o hid_bootloader_cli.exe hid_bootloader_cli.c $(LDLIB)
-
-
-else ifeq ($(OS), MACOSX)
-CC ?= gcc
-SDK ?= /Developer/SDKs/MacOSX10.5.sdk
-CFLAGS ?= -O2 -Wall
-hid_bootloader_cli: hid_bootloader_cli.c
- $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -DUSE_APPLE_IOKIT -isysroot $(SDK) -o hid_bootloader_cli hid_bootloader_cli.c -Wl,-syslibroot,$(SDK) -framework IOKit -framework CoreFoundation
-
-
-else ifeq ($(OS), BSD) # works on NetBSD and OpenBSD
-CC ?= gcct
-CFLAGS ?= -O2 -Wall
-hid_bootloader_cli: hid_bootloader_cli.c
- $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -s -DUSE_UHID -o hid_bootloader_cli hid_bootloader_cli.c
-
-
-endif
-
-
-clean:
- rm -f hid_bootloader_cli hid_bootloader_cli.exe
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/Makefile.bsd b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/Makefile.bsd
deleted file mode 100644
index a15a664053..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/Makefile.bsd
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-OS ?= FreeBSD
-#OS ?= NetBSD
-#OS ?= OpenBSD
-
-CFLAGS ?= -O2 -Wall
-CC ?= gcc
-
-.if $(OS) == "FreeBSD"
-CFLAGS += -DUSE_LIBUSB
-LIBS = -lusb
-.elif $(OS) == "NetBSD" || $(OS) == "OpenBSD"
-CFLAGS += -DUSE_UHID
-LIBS =
-.endif
-
-
-hid_bootloader_cli: hid_bootloader_cli.c
- $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -s -o hid_bootloader_cli hid_bootloader_cli.c $(LIBS)
-
-clean:
- rm -f hid_bootloader_cli
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/gpl3.txt b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/gpl3.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 94a9ed024d..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/gpl3.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,674 +0,0 @@
- GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
- Version 3, 29 June 2007
-
- Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
- Preamble
-
- The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
-software and other kinds of works.
-
- The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
-to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
-the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
-share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
-software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
-GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
-any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
-your programs, too.
-
- When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
-price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
-have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
-them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
-want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
-free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
-
- To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
-these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
-certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
-you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
-
- For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
-gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
-freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
-or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
-know their rights.
-
- Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
-(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
-giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
-
- For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
-that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
-authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
-changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
-authors of previous versions.
-
- Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
-modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
-can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
-protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
-pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
-use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
-have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
-products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
-stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
-of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
-
- Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
-States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
-software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
-avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
-make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
-patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
-
- The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
-modification follow.
-
- TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
- 0. Definitions.
-
- "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
-
- "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
-works, such as semiconductor masks.
-
- "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
-License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
-"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
-
- To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
-in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
-exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
-earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
-
- A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
-on the Program.
-
- To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
-permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
-infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
-computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
-distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
-public, and in some countries other activities as well.
-
- To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
-parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
-a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
-
- An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
-to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
-feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
-tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
-extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
-work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
-the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
-menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
-
- 1. Source Code.
-
- The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
-for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
-form of a work.
-
- A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
-standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
-interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
-is widely used among developers working in that language.
-
- The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
-than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
-packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
-Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
-Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
-implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
-"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
-(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
-(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
-produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
-
- The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
-the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
-work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
-control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
-System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
-programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
-which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
-includes interface definition files associated with source files for
-the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
-linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
-such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
-subprograms and other parts of the work.
-
- The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
-can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
-Source.
-
- The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
-same work.
-
- 2. Basic Permissions.
-
- All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
-copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
-conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
-permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
-covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
-content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
-rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
-
- You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
-convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
-in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
-of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
-with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
-the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
-not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
-for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
-and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
-your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
-
- Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
-the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
-makes it unnecessary.
-
- 3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
-
- No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
-measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
-11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
-similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
-measures.
-
- When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
-circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
-is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
-the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
-modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
-users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
-technological measures.
-
- 4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
-
- You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
-receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
-appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
-keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
-non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
-keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
-recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
-
- You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
-and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
-
- 5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
-
- You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
-produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
-terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
-
- a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
- it, and giving a relevant date.
-
- b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
- released under this License and any conditions added under section
- 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
- "keep intact all notices".
-
- c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
- License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
- License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
- additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
- regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
- permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
- invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
-
- d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
- Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
- interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
- work need not make them do so.
-
- A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
-works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
-and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
-in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
-"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
-used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
-beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
-in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
-parts of the aggregate.
-
- 6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
-
- You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
-of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
-machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
-in one of these ways:
-
- a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
- (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
- Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
- customarily used for software interchange.
-
- b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
- (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
- written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
- long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
- model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
- copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
- product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
- medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
- more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
- conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
- Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
-
- c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
- written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
- alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
- only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
- with subsection 6b.
-
- d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
- place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
- Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
- further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
- Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
- copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
- may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
- that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
- clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
- Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
- Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
- available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
-
- e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
- you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
- Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
- charge under subsection 6d.
-
- A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
-from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
-included in conveying the object code work.
-
- A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
-tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
-or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
-into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
-doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
-product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
-typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
-of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
-actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
-is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
-commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
-the only significant mode of use of the product.
-
- "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
-procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
-and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
-a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
-suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
-code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
-modification has been made.
-
- If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
-specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
-part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
-User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
-fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
-Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
-by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
-if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
-modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
-been installed in ROM).
-
- The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
-requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
-for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
-the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
-network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
-adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
-protocols for communication across the network.
-
- Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
-in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
-documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
-source code form), and must require no special password or key for
-unpacking, reading or copying.
-
- 7. Additional Terms.
-
- "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
-License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
-Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
-be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
-that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
-apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
-under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
-this License without regard to the additional permissions.
-
- When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
-remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
-it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
-removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
-additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
-for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
-
- Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
-add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
-that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
-
- a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
- terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
-
- b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
- author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
- Notices displayed by works containing it; or
-
- c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
- requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
- reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
-
- d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
- authors of the material; or
-
- e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
- trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
-
- f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
- material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
- it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
- any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
- those licensors and authors.
-
- All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
-restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
-received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
-governed by this License along with a term that is a further
-restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
-a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
-License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
-of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
-not survive such relicensing or conveying.
-
- If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
-must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
-additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
-where to find the applicable terms.
-
- Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
-form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
-the above requirements apply either way.
-
- 8. Termination.
-
- You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
-provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
-modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
-this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
-paragraph of section 11).
-
- However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
-license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
-provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
-finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
-holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
-prior to 60 days after the cessation.
-
- Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
-reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
-violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
-received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
-copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
-your receipt of the notice.
-
- Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
-licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
-this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
-reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
-material under section 10.
-
- 9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
-
- You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
-run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
-occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
-to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
-nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
-modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
-not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
-covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
-
- 10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
-
- Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
-receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
-propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
-for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
-
- An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
-organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
-organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
-work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
-transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
-licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
-give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
-Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
-the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
-
- You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
-rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
-not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
-rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
-(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
-any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
-sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
-
- 11. Patents.
-
- A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
-License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
-work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
-
- A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
-owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
-hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
-by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
-but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
-consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
-purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
-patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
-this License.
-
- Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
-patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
-make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
-propagate the contents of its contributor version.
-
- In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
-agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
-(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
-sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
-party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
-patent against the party.
-
- If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
-and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
-to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
-publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
-then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
-available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
-patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
-consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
-license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
-actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
-covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
-in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
-country that you have reason to believe are valid.
-
- If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
-arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
-covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
-receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
-or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
-you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
-work and works based on it.
-
- A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
-the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
-conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
-specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
-work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
-in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
-to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
-the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
-parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
-patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
-conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
-for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
-contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
-or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
-
- Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
-any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
-otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
-
- 12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
-
- If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
-otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
-covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
-not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
-to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
-the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
-License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
-
- 13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
-
- Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
-permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
-under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
-combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
-License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
-but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
-section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
-combination as such.
-
- 14. Revised Versions of this License.
-
- The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
-the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
-be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
-address new problems or concerns.
-
- Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
-Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
-Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
-option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
-version or of any later version published by the Free Software
-Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
-GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
-by the Free Software Foundation.
-
- If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
-versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
-public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
-to choose that version for the Program.
-
- Later license versions may give you additional or different
-permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
-author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
-later version.
-
- 15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
-
- THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
-APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
-HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
-OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
-THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
-IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
-ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
-
- 16. Limitation of Liability.
-
- IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
-WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
-THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
-GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
-USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
-DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
-PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
-EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
-SUCH DAMAGES.
-
- 17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
-
- If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
-above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
-reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
-an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
-Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
-copy of the Program in return for a fee.
-
- END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
- How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
-
- If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
-possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
-free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
-
- To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
-to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
-state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
-the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
-
- <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
- Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
-
- This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
-
- If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
-notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
-
- <program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
- This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
- This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
- under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
-
-The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
-parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
-might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
-
- You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
-if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
-For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
-<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
- The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
-into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
-may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
-the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
-Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
-<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/hid_bootloader_cli.c b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/hid_bootloader_cli.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b54f943b1c..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/hid_bootloader_cli.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1013 +0,0 @@
-/* Modified for the LUFA HID Bootloader by Dean Camera
- * http://www.lufa-lib.org
- *
- * THIS MODIFIED VERSION IS UNSUPPORTED BY PJRC.
- */
-
-/* Teensy Loader, Command Line Interface
- * Program and Reboot Teensy Board with HalfKay Bootloader
- * http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/loader_cli.html
- * Copyright 2008-2010, PJRC.COM, LLC
- *
- *
- * You may redistribute this program and/or modify it under the terms
- * of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
- * Foundation, version 3 of the License.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/
- */
-
-/* Want to incorporate this code into a proprietary application??
- * Just email paul@pjrc.com to ask. Usually it's not a problem,
- * but you do need to ask to use this code in any way other than
- * those permitted by the GNU General Public License, version 3 */
-
-/* For non-root permissions on ubuntu or similar udev-based linux
- * http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/49-teensy.rules
- */
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-
-void usage(void)
-{
- fprintf(stderr, "Usage: hid_bootloader_cli -mmcu=<MCU> [-w] [-h] [-n] [-v] <file.hex>\n");
- fprintf(stderr, "\t-w : Wait for device to appear\n");
- fprintf(stderr, "\t-r : Use hard reboot if device not online\n");
- fprintf(stderr, "\t-n : No reboot after programming\n");
- fprintf(stderr, "\t-v : Verbose output\n");
- fprintf(stderr, "\n<MCU> = atmegaXXuY or at90usbXXXY");
-
- fprintf(stderr, "\nFor support and more information, please visit:\n");
- fprintf(stderr, "http://www.lufa-lib.org\n");
-
- fprintf(stderr, "\nBased on the TeensyHID command line programmer software:\n");
- fprintf(stderr, "http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/loader_cli.html\n");
- exit(1);
-}
-
-// USB Access Functions
-int teensy_open(void);
-int teensy_write(void *buf, int len, double timeout);
-void teensy_close(void);
-int hard_reboot(void);
-
-// Intel Hex File Functions
-int read_intel_hex(const char *filename);
-int ihex_bytes_within_range(int begin, int end);
-void ihex_get_data(int addr, int len, unsigned char *bytes);
-
-// Misc stuff
-int printf_verbose(const char *format, ...);
-void delay(double seconds);
-void die(const char *str, ...);
-void parse_options(int argc, char **argv);
-
-// options (from user via command line args)
-int wait_for_device_to_appear = 0;
-int hard_reboot_device = 0;
-int reboot_after_programming = 1;
-int verbose = 0;
-int code_size = 0, block_size = 0;
-const char *filename=NULL;
-
-
-/****************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Main Program */
-/* */
-/****************************************************************/
-
-int main(int argc, char **argv)
-{
- unsigned char buf[260];
- int num, addr, r, first_block=1, waited=0;
-
- // parse command line arguments
- parse_options(argc, argv);
- if (!filename) {
- fprintf(stderr, "Filename must be specified\n\n");
- usage();
- }
- if (!code_size) {
- fprintf(stderr, "MCU type must be specified\n\n");
- usage();
- }
- printf_verbose("Teensy Loader, Command Line, Version 2.0\n");
-
- // read the intel hex file
- // this is done first so any error is reported before using USB
- num = read_intel_hex(filename);
- if (num < 0) die("error reading intel hex file \"%s\"", filename);
- printf_verbose("Read \"%s\": %d bytes, %.1f%% usage\n",
- filename, num, (double)num / (double)code_size * 100.0);
-
- // open the USB device
- while (1) {
- if (teensy_open()) break;
- if (hard_reboot_device) {
- if (!hard_reboot()) die("Unable to find rebootor\n");
- printf_verbose("Hard Reboot performed\n");
- hard_reboot_device = 0; // only hard reboot once
- wait_for_device_to_appear = 1;
- }
- if (!wait_for_device_to_appear) die("Unable to open device\n");
- if (!waited) {
- printf_verbose("Waiting for Teensy device...\n");
- printf_verbose(" (hint: press the reset button)\n");
- waited = 1;
- }
- delay(0.25);
- }
- printf_verbose("Found HalfKay Bootloader\n");
-
- // if we waited for the device, read the hex file again
- // perhaps it changed while we were waiting?
- if (waited) {
- num = read_intel_hex(filename);
- if (num < 0) die("error reading intel hex file \"%s\"", filename);
- printf_verbose("Read \"%s\": %d bytes, %.1f%% usage\n",
- filename, num, (double)num / (double)code_size * 100.0);
- }
-
- // program the data
- printf_verbose("Programming");
- fflush(stdout);
- for (addr = 0; addr < code_size; addr += block_size) {
- if (addr > 0 && !ihex_bytes_within_range(addr, addr + block_size - 1)) {
- // don't waste time on blocks that are unused,
- // but always do the first one to erase the chip
- continue;
- }
- printf_verbose(".");
- if (code_size < 0x10000) {
- buf[0] = addr & 255;
- buf[1] = (addr >> 8) & 255;
- } else {
- buf[0] = (addr >> 8) & 255;
- buf[1] = (addr >> 16) & 255;
- }
- ihex_get_data(addr, block_size, buf + 2);
- r = teensy_write(buf, block_size + 2, first_block ? 3.0 : 0.25);
- if (!r) die("error writing to Teensy\n");
- first_block = 0;
- }
- printf_verbose("\n");
-
- // reboot to the user's new code
- if (reboot_after_programming) {
- printf_verbose("Booting\n");
- buf[0] = 0xFF;
- buf[1] = 0xFF;
- memset(buf + 2, 0, sizeof(buf) - 2);
- teensy_write(buf, block_size + 2, 0.25);
- }
- teensy_close();
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/****************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* USB Access - libusb (Linux & FreeBSD) */
-/* */
-/****************************************************************/
-
-#if defined(USE_LIBUSB)
-
-// http://libusb.sourceforge.net/doc/index.html
-#include <usb.h>
-
-usb_dev_handle * open_usb_device(int vid, int pid)
-{
- struct usb_bus *bus;
- struct usb_device *dev;
- usb_dev_handle *h;
- #ifdef LIBUSB_HAS_GET_DRIVER_NP
- char buf[128];
- #endif
- int r;
-
- usb_init();
- usb_find_busses();
- usb_find_devices();
- //printf_verbose("\nSearching for USB device:\n");
- for (bus = usb_get_busses(); bus; bus = bus->next) {
- for (dev = bus->devices; dev; dev = dev->next) {
- //printf_verbose("bus \"%s\", device \"%s\" vid=%04X, pid=%04X\n",
- // bus->dirname, dev->filename,
- // dev->descriptor.idVendor,
- // dev->descriptor.idProduct
- //);
- if (dev->descriptor.idVendor != vid) continue;
- if (dev->descriptor.idProduct != pid) continue;
- h = usb_open(dev);
- if (!h) {
- printf_verbose("Found device but unable to open");
- continue;
- }
- #ifdef LIBUSB_HAS_GET_DRIVER_NP
- r = usb_get_driver_np(h, 0, buf, sizeof(buf));
- if (r >= 0) {
- r = usb_detach_kernel_driver_np(h, 0);
- if (r < 0) {
- usb_close(h);
- printf_verbose("Device is in use by \"%s\" driver", buf);
- continue;
- }
- }
- #endif
- // Mac OS-X - removing this call to usb_claim_interface() might allow
- // this to work, even though it is a clear misuse of the libusb API.
- // normally Apple's IOKit should be used on Mac OS-X
- r = usb_claim_interface(h, 0);
- if (r < 0) {
- usb_close(h);
- printf_verbose("Unable to claim interface, check USB permissions");
- continue;
- }
- return h;
- }
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-static usb_dev_handle *libusb_teensy_handle = NULL;
-
-int teensy_open(void)
-{
- teensy_close();
- libusb_teensy_handle = open_usb_device(0x16C0, 0x0478);
-
- if (!libusb_teensy_handle)
- libusb_teensy_handle = open_usb_device(0x03eb, 0x2067);
-
- if (!libusb_teensy_handle) return 0;
- return 1;
-}
-
-int teensy_write(void *buf, int len, double timeout)
-{
- int r;
-
- if (!libusb_teensy_handle) return 0;
- r = usb_control_msg(libusb_teensy_handle, 0x21, 9, 0x0200, 0, (char *)buf,
- len, (int)(timeout * 1000.0));
- if (r < 0) return 0;
- return 1;
-}
-
-void teensy_close(void)
-{
- if (!libusb_teensy_handle) return;
- usb_release_interface(libusb_teensy_handle, 0);
- usb_close(libusb_teensy_handle);
- libusb_teensy_handle = NULL;
-}
-
-int hard_reboot(void)
-{
- usb_dev_handle *rebootor;
- int r;
-
- rebootor = open_usb_device(0x16C0, 0x0477);
-
- if (!rebootor)
- rebootor = open_usb_device(0x03eb, 0x2067);
-
- if (!rebootor) return 0;
- r = usb_control_msg(rebootor, 0x21, 9, 0x0200, 0, "reboot", 6, 100);
- usb_release_interface(rebootor, 0);
- usb_close(rebootor);
- if (r < 0) return 0;
- return 1;
-}
-
-#endif
-
-
-/****************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* USB Access - Microsoft WIN32 */
-/* */
-/****************************************************************/
-
-#if defined(USE_WIN32)
-
-// http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms790932.aspx
-#include <windows.h>
-#include <setupapi.h>
-#include <ddk/hidsdi.h>
-#include <ddk/hidclass.h>
-
-HANDLE open_usb_device(int vid, int pid)
-{
- GUID guid;
- HDEVINFO info;
- DWORD index, required_size;
- SP_DEVICE_INTERFACE_DATA iface;
- SP_DEVICE_INTERFACE_DETAIL_DATA *details;
- HIDD_ATTRIBUTES attrib;
- HANDLE h;
- BOOL ret;
-
- HidD_GetHidGuid(&guid);
- info = SetupDiGetClassDevs(&guid, NULL, NULL, DIGCF_PRESENT | DIGCF_DEVICEINTERFACE);
- if (info == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) return NULL;
- for (index=0; 1 ;index++) {
- iface.cbSize = sizeof(SP_DEVICE_INTERFACE_DATA);
- ret = SetupDiEnumDeviceInterfaces(info, NULL, &guid, index, &iface);
- if (!ret) {
- SetupDiDestroyDeviceInfoList(info);
- break;
- }
- SetupDiGetInterfaceDeviceDetail(info, &iface, NULL, 0, &required_size, NULL);
- details = (SP_DEVICE_INTERFACE_DETAIL_DATA *)malloc(required_size);
- if (details == NULL) continue;
- memset(details, 0, required_size);
- details->cbSize = sizeof(SP_DEVICE_INTERFACE_DETAIL_DATA);
- ret = SetupDiGetDeviceInterfaceDetail(info, &iface, details,
- required_size, NULL, NULL);
- if (!ret) {
- free(details);
- continue;
- }
- h = CreateFile(details->DevicePath, GENERIC_READ|GENERIC_WRITE,
- FILE_SHARE_READ|FILE_SHARE_WRITE, NULL, OPEN_EXISTING,
- FILE_FLAG_OVERLAPPED, NULL);
- free(details);
- if (h == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) continue;
- attrib.Size = sizeof(HIDD_ATTRIBUTES);
- ret = HidD_GetAttributes(h, &attrib);
- if (!ret) {
- CloseHandle(h);
- continue;
- }
- if (attrib.VendorID != vid || attrib.ProductID != pid) {
- CloseHandle(h);
- continue;
- }
- SetupDiDestroyDeviceInfoList(info);
- return h;
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-int write_usb_device(HANDLE h, void *buf, int len, int timeout)
-{
- static HANDLE event = NULL;
- unsigned char tmpbuf[1040];
- OVERLAPPED ov;
- DWORD n, r;
-
- if (len > sizeof(tmpbuf) - 1) return 0;
- if (event == NULL) {
- event = CreateEvent(NULL, TRUE, TRUE, NULL);
- if (!event) return 0;
- }
- ResetEvent(&event);
- memset(&ov, 0, sizeof(ov));
- ov.hEvent = event;
- tmpbuf[0] = 0;
- memcpy(tmpbuf + 1, buf, len);
- if (!WriteFile(h, tmpbuf, len + 1, NULL, &ov)) {
- if (GetLastError() != ERROR_IO_PENDING) return 0;
- r = WaitForSingleObject(event, timeout);
- if (r == WAIT_TIMEOUT) {
- CancelIo(h);
- return 0;
- }
- if (r != WAIT_OBJECT_0) return 0;
- }
- if (!GetOverlappedResult(h, &ov, &n, FALSE)) return 0;
- return 1;
-}
-
-static HANDLE win32_teensy_handle = NULL;
-
-int teensy_open(void)
-{
- teensy_close();
- win32_teensy_handle = open_usb_device(0x16C0, 0x0478);
-
- if (!win32_teensy_handle)
- win32_teensy_handle = open_usb_device(0x03eb, 0x2067);
-
- if (!win32_teensy_handle) return 0;
- return 1;
-}
-
-int teensy_write(void *buf, int len, double timeout)
-{
- int r;
- if (!win32_teensy_handle) return 0;
- r = write_usb_device(win32_teensy_handle, buf, len, (int)(timeout * 1000.0));
- return r;
-}
-
-void teensy_close(void)
-{
- if (!win32_teensy_handle) return;
- CloseHandle(win32_teensy_handle);
- win32_teensy_handle = NULL;
-}
-
-int hard_reboot(void)
-{
- HANDLE rebootor;
- int r;
-
- rebootor = open_usb_device(0x16C0, 0x0477);
-
- if (!rebootor)
- rebootor = open_usb_device(0x03eb, 0x2067);
-
- if (!rebootor) return 0;
- r = write_usb_device(rebootor, "reboot", 6, 100);
- CloseHandle(rebootor);
- return r;
-}
-
-#endif
-
-
-
-/****************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* USB Access - Apple's IOKit, Mac OS-X */
-/* */
-/****************************************************************/
-
-#if defined(USE_APPLE_IOKIT)
-
-// http://developer.apple.com/technotes/tn2007/tn2187.html
-#include <IOKit/IOKitLib.h>
-#include <IOKit/hid/IOHIDLib.h>
-#include <IOKit/hid/IOHIDDevice.h>
-
-struct usb_list_struct {
- IOHIDDeviceRef ref;
- int pid;
- int vid;
- struct usb_list_struct *next;
-};
-
-static struct usb_list_struct *usb_list=NULL;
-static IOHIDManagerRef hid_manager=NULL;
-
-void attach_callback(void *context, IOReturn r, void *hid_mgr, IOHIDDeviceRef dev)
-{
- CFTypeRef type;
- struct usb_list_struct *n, *p;
- int32_t pid, vid;
-
- if (!dev) return;
- type = IOHIDDeviceGetProperty(dev, CFSTR(kIOHIDVendorIDKey));
- if (!type || CFGetTypeID(type) != CFNumberGetTypeID()) return;
- if (!CFNumberGetValue((CFNumberRef)type, kCFNumberSInt32Type, &vid)) return;
- type = IOHIDDeviceGetProperty(dev, CFSTR(kIOHIDProductIDKey));
- if (!type || CFGetTypeID(type) != CFNumberGetTypeID()) return;
- if (!CFNumberGetValue((CFNumberRef)type, kCFNumberSInt32Type, &pid)) return;
- n = (struct usb_list_struct *)malloc(sizeof(struct usb_list_struct));
- if (!n) return;
- //printf("attach callback: vid=%04X, pid=%04X\n", vid, pid);
- n->ref = dev;
- n->vid = vid;
- n->pid = pid;
- n->next = NULL;
- if (usb_list == NULL) {
- usb_list = n;
- } else {
- for (p = usb_list; p->next; p = p->next) ;
- p->next = n;
- }
-}
-
-void detach_callback(void *context, IOReturn r, void *hid_mgr, IOHIDDeviceRef dev)
-{
- struct usb_list_struct *p, *tmp, *prev=NULL;
-
- p = usb_list;
- while (p) {
- if (p->ref == dev) {
- if (prev) {
- prev->next = p->next;
- } else {
- usb_list = p->next;
- }
- tmp = p;
- p = p->next;
- free(tmp);
- } else {
- prev = p;
- p = p->next;
- }
- }
-}
-
-void init_hid_manager(void)
-{
- CFMutableDictionaryRef dict;
- IOReturn ret;
-
- if (hid_manager) return;
- hid_manager = IOHIDManagerCreate(kCFAllocatorDefault, kIOHIDOptionsTypeNone);
- if (hid_manager == NULL || CFGetTypeID(hid_manager) != IOHIDManagerGetTypeID()) {
- if (hid_manager) CFRelease(hid_manager);
- printf_verbose("no HID Manager - maybe this is a pre-Leopard (10.5) system?\n");
- return;
- }
- dict = CFDictionaryCreateMutable(kCFAllocatorDefault, 0,
- &kCFTypeDictionaryKeyCallBacks, &kCFTypeDictionaryValueCallBacks);
- if (!dict) return;
- IOHIDManagerSetDeviceMatching(hid_manager, dict);
- CFRelease(dict);
- IOHIDManagerScheduleWithRunLoop(hid_manager, CFRunLoopGetCurrent(), kCFRunLoopDefaultMode);
- IOHIDManagerRegisterDeviceMatchingCallback(hid_manager, attach_callback, NULL);
- IOHIDManagerRegisterDeviceRemovalCallback(hid_manager, detach_callback, NULL);
- ret = IOHIDManagerOpen(hid_manager, kIOHIDOptionsTypeNone);
- if (ret != kIOReturnSuccess) {
- IOHIDManagerUnscheduleFromRunLoop(hid_manager,
- CFRunLoopGetCurrent(), kCFRunLoopDefaultMode);
- CFRelease(hid_manager);
- printf_verbose("Error opening HID Manager");
- }
-}
-
-static void do_run_loop(void)
-{
- while (CFRunLoopRunInMode(kCFRunLoopDefaultMode, 0, true) == kCFRunLoopRunHandledSource) ;
-}
-
-IOHIDDeviceRef open_usb_device(int vid, int pid)
-{
- struct usb_list_struct *p;
- IOReturn ret;
-
- init_hid_manager();
- do_run_loop();
- for (p = usb_list; p; p = p->next) {
- if (p->vid == vid && p->pid == pid) {
- ret = IOHIDDeviceOpen(p->ref, kIOHIDOptionsTypeNone);
- if (ret == kIOReturnSuccess) return p->ref;
- }
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-void close_usb_device(IOHIDDeviceRef dev)
-{
- struct usb_list_struct *p;
-
- do_run_loop();
- for (p = usb_list; p; p = p->next) {
- if (p->ref == dev) {
- IOHIDDeviceClose(dev, kIOHIDOptionsTypeNone);
- return;
- }
- }
-}
-
-static IOHIDDeviceRef iokit_teensy_reference = NULL;
-
-int teensy_open(void)
-{
- teensy_close();
- iokit_teensy_reference = open_usb_device(0x16C0, 0x0478);
-
- if (!iokit_teensy_reference)
- iokit_teensy_reference = open_usb_device(0x03eb, 0x2067);
-
- if (!iokit_teensy_reference) return 0;
- return 1;
-}
-
-int teensy_write(void *buf, int len, double timeout)
-{
- IOReturn ret;
-
- // timeouts do not work on OS-X
- // IOHIDDeviceSetReportWithCallback is not implemented
- // even though Apple documents it with a code example!
- // submitted to Apple on 22-sep-2009, problem ID 7245050
- if (!iokit_teensy_reference) return 0;
- ret = IOHIDDeviceSetReport(iokit_teensy_reference,
- kIOHIDReportTypeOutput, 0, buf, len);
- if (ret == kIOReturnSuccess) return 1;
- return 0;
-}
-
-void teensy_close(void)
-{
- if (!iokit_teensy_reference) return;
- close_usb_device(iokit_teensy_reference);
- iokit_teensy_reference = NULL;
-}
-
-int hard_reboot(void)
-{
- IOHIDDeviceRef rebootor;
- IOReturn ret;
-
- rebootor = open_usb_device(0x16C0, 0x0477);
-
- if (!rebootor)
- rebootor = open_usb_device(0x03eb, 0x2067);
-
- if (!rebootor) return 0;
- ret = IOHIDDeviceSetReport(rebootor,
- kIOHIDReportTypeOutput, 0, (uint8_t *)("reboot"), 6);
- close_usb_device(rebootor);
- if (ret == kIOReturnSuccess) return 1;
- return 0;
-}
-
-#endif
-
-
-
-/****************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* USB Access - BSD's UHID driver */
-/* */
-/****************************************************************/
-
-#if defined(USE_UHID)
-
-// Thanks to Todd T Fries for help getting this working on OpenBSD
-// and to Chris Kuethe for the initial patch to use UHID.
-
-#include <sys/ioctl.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <dirent.h>
-#include <dev/usb/usb.h>
-#ifndef USB_GET_DEVICEINFO
-#include <dev/usb/usb_ioctl.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef USB_GET_DEVICEINFO
-# define USB_GET_DEVICEINFO 0
-# error The USB_GET_DEVICEINFO ioctl() value is not defined for your system.
-#endif
-
-int open_usb_device(int vid, int pid)
-{
- int r, fd;
- DIR *dir;
- struct dirent *d;
- struct usb_device_info info;
- char buf[256];
-
- dir = opendir("/dev");
- if (!dir) return -1;
- while ((d = readdir(dir)) != NULL) {
- if (strncmp(d->d_name, "uhid", 4) != 0) continue;
- snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "/dev/%s", d->d_name);
- fd = open(buf, O_RDWR);
- if (fd < 0) continue;
- r = ioctl(fd, USB_GET_DEVICEINFO, &info);
- if (r < 0) {
- // NetBSD: added in 2004
- // OpenBSD: added November 23, 2009
- // FreeBSD: missing (FreeBSD 8.0) - USE_LIBUSB works!
- die("Error: your uhid driver does not support"
- " USB_GET_DEVICEINFO, please upgrade!\n");
- close(fd);
- closedir(dir);
- exit(1);
- }
- //printf("%s: v=%d, p=%d\n", buf, info.udi_vendorNo, info.udi_productNo);
- if (info.udi_vendorNo == vid && info.udi_productNo == pid) {
- closedir(dir);
- return fd;
- }
- close(fd);
- }
- closedir(dir);
- return -1;
-}
-
-static int uhid_teensy_fd = -1;
-
-int teensy_open(void)
-{
- teensy_close();
- uhid_teensy_fd = open_usb_device(0x16C0, 0x0478);
-
- if (uhid_teensy_fd < 0)
- uhid_teensy_fd = open_usb_device(0x03eb, 0x2067);
-
- if (uhid_teensy_fd < 0) return 0;
- return 1;
-}
-
-int teensy_write(void *buf, int len, double timeout)
-{
- int r;
-
- // TODO: implement timeout... how??
- r = write(uhid_teensy_fd, buf, len);
- if (r == len) return 1;
- return 0;
-}
-
-void teensy_close(void)
-{
- if (uhid_teensy_fd >= 0) {
- close(uhid_teensy_fd);
- uhid_teensy_fd = -1;
- }
-}
-
-int hard_reboot(void)
-{
- int r, rebootor_fd;
-
- rebootor_fd = open_usb_device(0x16C0, 0x0477);
-
- if (rebootor_fd < 0)
- rebootor_fd = open_usb_device(0x03eb, 0x2067);
-
- if (rebootor_fd < 0) return 0;
- r = write(rebootor_fd, "reboot", 6);
- delay(0.1);
- close(rebootor_fd);
- if (r == 6) return 1;
- return 0;
-}
-
-#endif
-
-
-
-/****************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Read Intel Hex File */
-/* */
-/****************************************************************/
-
-// the maximum flash image size we can support
-// chips with larger memory may be used, but only this
-// much intel-hex data can be loaded into memory!
-#define MAX_MEMORY_SIZE 0x10000
-
-static unsigned char firmware_image[MAX_MEMORY_SIZE];
-static unsigned char firmware_mask[MAX_MEMORY_SIZE];
-static int end_record_seen=0;
-static int byte_count;
-static unsigned int extended_addr = 0;
-static int parse_hex_line(char *line);
-
-int read_intel_hex(const char *filename)
-{
- FILE *fp;
- int i, lineno=0;
- char buf[1024];
-
- byte_count = 0;
- end_record_seen = 0;
- for (i=0; i<MAX_MEMORY_SIZE; i++) {
- firmware_image[i] = 0xFF;
- firmware_mask[i] = 0;
- }
- extended_addr = 0;
-
- fp = fopen(filename, "r");
- if (fp == NULL) {
- //printf("Unable to read file %s\n", filename);
- return -1;
- }
- while (!feof(fp)) {
- *buf = '\0';
- if (!fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), fp)) break;
- lineno++;
- if (*buf) {
- if (parse_hex_line(buf) == 0) {
- //printf("Warning, parse error line %d\n", lineno);
- fclose(fp);
- return -2;
- }
- }
- if (end_record_seen) break;
- if (feof(stdin)) break;
- }
- fclose(fp);
- return byte_count;
-}
-
-
-/* from ihex.c, at http://www.pjrc.com/tech/8051/pm2_docs/intel-hex.html */
-
-/* parses a line of intel hex code, stores the data in bytes[] */
-/* and the beginning address in addr, and returns a 1 if the */
-/* line was valid, or a 0 if an error occurred. The variable */
-/* num gets the number of bytes that were stored into bytes[] */
-
-
-int
-parse_hex_line(char *line)
-{
- int addr, code, num;
- int sum, len, cksum, i;
- char *ptr;
-
- num = 0;
- if (line[0] != ':') return 0;
- if (strlen(line) < 11) return 0;
- ptr = line+1;
- if (!sscanf(ptr, "%02x", &len)) return 0;
- ptr += 2;
- if ((int)strlen(line) < (11 + (len * 2)) ) return 0;
- if (!sscanf(ptr, "%04x", &addr)) return 0;
- ptr += 4;
- /* printf("Line: length=%d Addr=%d\n", len, addr); */
- if (!sscanf(ptr, "%02x", &code)) return 0;
- if (addr + extended_addr + len >= MAX_MEMORY_SIZE) return 0;
- ptr += 2;
- sum = (len & 255) + ((addr >> 8) & 255) + (addr & 255) + (code & 255);
- if (code != 0) {
- if (code == 1) {
- end_record_seen = 1;
- return 1;
- }
- if (code == 2 && len == 2) {
- if (!sscanf(ptr, "%04x", &i)) return 1;
- ptr += 4;
- sum += ((i >> 8) & 255) + (i & 255);
- if (!sscanf(ptr, "%02x", &cksum)) return 1;
- if (((sum & 255) + (cksum & 255)) & 255) return 1;
- extended_addr = i << 4;
- //printf("ext addr = %05X\n", extended_addr);
- }
- if (code == 4 && len == 2) {
- if (!sscanf(ptr, "%04x", &i)) return 1;
- ptr += 4;
- sum += ((i >> 8) & 255) + (i & 255);
- if (!sscanf(ptr, "%02x", &cksum)) return 1;
- if (((sum & 255) + (cksum & 255)) & 255) return 1;
- extended_addr = i << 16;
- //printf("ext addr = %08X\n", extended_addr);
- }
- return 1; // non-data line
- }
- byte_count += len;
- while (num != len) {
- if (sscanf(ptr, "%02x", &i) != 1) return 0;
- i &= 255;
- firmware_image[addr + extended_addr + num] = i;
- firmware_mask[addr + extended_addr + num] = 1;
- ptr += 2;
- sum += i;
- (num)++;
- if (num >= 256) return 0;
- }
- if (!sscanf(ptr, "%02x", &cksum)) return 0;
- if (((sum & 255) + (cksum & 255)) & 255) return 0; /* checksum error */
- return 1;
-}
-
-int ihex_bytes_within_range(int begin, int end)
-{
- int i;
-
- if (begin < 0 || begin >= MAX_MEMORY_SIZE ||
- end < 0 || end >= MAX_MEMORY_SIZE) {
- return 0;
- }
- for (i=begin; i<=end; i++) {
- if (firmware_mask[i]) return 1;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-void ihex_get_data(int addr, int len, unsigned char *bytes)
-{
- int i;
-
- if (addr < 0 || len < 0 || addr + len >= MAX_MEMORY_SIZE) {
- for (i=0; i<len; i++) {
- bytes[i] = 255;
- }
- return;
- }
- for (i=0; i<len; i++) {
- if (firmware_mask[addr]) {
- bytes[i] = firmware_image[addr];
- } else {
- bytes[i] = 255;
- }
- addr++;
- }
-}
-
-/****************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Misc Functions */
-/* */
-/****************************************************************/
-
-int printf_verbose(const char *format, ...)
-{
- va_list ap;
- int r = 0;
-
- va_start(ap, format);
- if (verbose) {
- r = vprintf(format, ap);
- fflush(stdout);
- }
- va_end(ap);
-
- return r;
-}
-
-void delay(double seconds)
-{
- #ifdef USE_WIN32
- sleep(seconds * 1000.0);
- #else
- usleep(seconds * 1000000.0);
- #endif
-}
-
-void die(const char *str, ...)
-{
- va_list ap;
-
- va_start(ap, str);
- vfprintf(stderr, str, ap);
- fprintf(stderr, "\n");
- va_end(ap);
-
- exit(1);
-}
-
-#if defined USE_WIN32
-#define strcasecmp stricmp
-#endif
-
-void parse_options(int argc, char **argv)
-{
- int i;
- const char *arg;
-
- for (i=1; i<argc; i++) {
- arg = argv[i];
-
- if (*arg == '-') {
- if (strcmp(arg, "-w") == 0) {
- wait_for_device_to_appear = 1;
- } else if (strcmp(arg, "-r") == 0) {
- hard_reboot_device = 1;
- } else if (strcmp(arg, "-n") == 0) {
- reboot_after_programming = 0;
- } else if (strcmp(arg, "-v") == 0) {
- verbose = 1;
- } else if (strncmp(arg, "-mmcu=", 6) == 0) {
- arg += 6;
-
- if (strncmp(arg, "at90usb", 7) == 0) {
- arg += 7;
- } else if (strncmp(arg, "atmega", 6) == 0) {
- arg += 6;
- } else {
- die("Unknown MCU type\n");
- }
-
- if (strncmp(arg, "128", 3) == 0) {
- code_size = 128 * 1024;
- block_size = 256;
- } else if (strncmp(arg, "64", 2) == 0) {
- code_size = 64 * 1024;
- block_size = 256;
- } else if (strncmp(arg, "32", 2) == 0) {
- code_size = 32 * 1024;
- block_size = 128;
- } else if (strncmp(arg, "16", 2) == 0) {
- code_size = 16 * 1024;
- block_size = 128;
- } else if (strncmp(arg, "8", 1) == 0) {
- code_size = 8 * 1024;
- block_size = 128;
- } else {
- die("Unknown MCU type\n");
- }
- }
- } else {
- filename = argv[i];
- }
- }
-}
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp_Python/hid_bootloader_loader.py b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp_Python/hid_bootloader_loader.py
deleted file mode 100644
index cb824f5822..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp_Python/hid_bootloader_loader.py
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,120 +0,0 @@
-"""
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-"""
-
-"""
- Front-end programmer for the LUFA HID class bootloader.
-
- Usage:
- python hid_bootloader_loader.py <Device> <Input>.hex
-
- Example:
- python hid_bootloader_loader.py at90usb1287 Mouse.hex
-
- Requires the pywinusb (https://pypi.python.org/pypi/pywinusb/) and
- IntelHex (https://pypi.python.org/pypi/IntelHex/) libraries.
-"""
-
-import sys
-from pywinusb import hid
-from intelhex import IntelHex
-
-
-# Device information table
-device_info_map = dict()
-device_info_map['at90usb1287'] = {'page_size': 256, 'flash_kb': 128}
-device_info_map['at90usb1286'] = {'page_size': 256, 'flash_kb': 128}
-device_info_map['at90usb647'] = {'page_size': 256, 'flash_kb': 64}
-device_info_map['at90usb646'] = {'page_size': 256, 'flash_kb': 64}
-device_info_map['atmega32u4'] = {'page_size': 128, 'flash_kb': 32}
-device_info_map['atmega32u2'] = {'page_size': 128, 'flash_kb': 32}
-device_info_map['atmega16u4'] = {'page_size': 128, 'flash_kb': 16}
-device_info_map['atmega16u2'] = {'page_size': 128, 'flash_kb': 16}
-device_info_map['at90usb162'] = {'page_size': 128, 'flash_kb': 16}
-device_info_map['atmega8u2'] = {'page_size': 128, 'flash_kb': 8}
-device_info_map['at90usb82'] = {'page_size': 128, 'flash_kb': 8}
-
-
-def get_hid_device_handle():
- hid_device_filter = hid.HidDeviceFilter(vendor_id=0x03EB,
- product_id=0x2067)
-
- valid_hid_devices = hid_device_filter.get_devices()
-
- if len(valid_hid_devices) is 0:
- return None
- else:
- return valid_hid_devices[0]
-
-
-def send_page_data(hid_device, address, data):
- # Bootloader page data should be the HID Report ID (always zero) followed
- # by the starting address to program, then one device's flash page worth
- # of data
- output_report_data = [0]
- output_report_data.extend([address & 0xFF, address >> 8])
- output_report_data.extend(data)
-
- hid_device.send_output_report(output_report_data)
-
-
-def program_device(hex_data, device_info):
- hid_device = get_hid_device_handle()
-
- if hid_device is None:
- print("No valid HID device found.")
- sys.exit(1)
-
- try:
- hid_device.open()
- print("Connected to bootloader.")
-
- # Program in all data from the loaded HEX file, in a number of device
- # page sized chunks
- for addr in range(0, hex_data.maxaddr(), device_info['page_size']):
- # Compute the address range of the current page in the device
- current_page_range = range(addr, addr+device_info['page_size'])
-
- # Extract the data from the hex file at the specified start page
- # address and convert it to a regular list of bytes
- page_data = [hex_data[i] for i in current_page_range]
-
- print("Writing address 0x%04X-0x%04X" % (current_page_range[0], current_page_range[-1]))
-
- # Devices with more than 64KB of flash should shift down the page
- # address so that it is 16-bit (page size is guaranteed to be
- # >= 256 bytes so no non-zero address bits are discarded)
- if device_info['flash_kb'] < 64:
- send_page_data(hid_device, addr, page_data)
- else:
- send_page_data(hid_device, addr >> 8, page_data)
-
- # Once programming is complete, start the application via a dummy page
- # program to the page address 0xFFFF
- print("Programming complete, starting application.")
- send_page_data(hid_device, 0xFFFF, [0] * device_info['page_size'])
-
- finally:
- hid_device.close()
-
-
-if __name__ == '__main__':
- # Load the specified HEX file
- try:
- hex_data = IntelHex(sys.argv[2])
- except:
- print("Could not open the specified HEX file.")
- sys.exit(1)
-
- # Retrieve the device information entry for the specified device
- try:
- device_info = device_info_map[sys.argv[1]]
- except:
- print("Unknown device name specified.")
- sys.exit(1)
-
- program_device(hex_data, device_info)
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/asf.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c67b9419ed..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/asf.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
-<asf xmlversion="1.0">
- <project caption="HID Bootloader - 128KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.hid.avr8.128_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_hid_128kb_4kb_">
- <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.hid"/>
- <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
- <generator value="as5_8"/>
-
- <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
- <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
-
- <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
- <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x1F000"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x1F000"/>
- </project>
-
- <project caption="HID Bootloader - 64KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.hid.avr8.64_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_hid_64kb_4kb_">
- <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.hid"/>
- <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
- <generator value="as5_8"/>
-
- <device-support value="at90usb647"/>
- <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
-
- <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
- <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0xF000"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0xF000"/>
- </project>
-
- <project caption="HID Bootloader - 32KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.hid.avr8.32_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_hid_32kb_4kb_">
- <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.hid"/>
- <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
- <generator value="as5_8"/>
-
- <device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
- <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
-
- <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
- <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x7000"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x7000"/>
- </project>
-
- <project caption="HID Bootloader - 16KB FLASH / 2KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.hid.avr8.16_2" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_hid_16kb_2kb_">
- <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.hid"/>
- <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
- <generator value="as5_8"/>
-
- <device-support value="atmega16u2"/>
- <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
-
- <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
- <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x3800"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x3800"/>
- </project>
-
- <project caption="HID Bootloader - 8KB FLASH / 2KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.hid.avr8.8_2" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_hid_8kb_2kb_">
- <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.hid"/>
- <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
- <generator value="as5_8"/>
-
- <device-support value="atmega8u2"/>
- <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
-
- <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
- <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x1800"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x1800"/>
- </project>
-
- <module type="application" id="lufa.bootloaders.hid" caption="HID Bootloader">
- <info type="description" value="summary">
- HID Class Bootloader, capable of reprogramming a device via a custom cross-platform command line utility when plugged into a host.
- </info>
-
- <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
-
- <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
- <keyword value="Bootloaders"/>
- <keyword value="USB Device"/>
- </info>
-
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
- <build type="include-path" value="."/>
- <build type="c-source" value="BootloaderHID.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="BootloaderHID.h"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
-
- <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
-
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="BootloaderHID.txt"/>
- <build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="HostLoaderApp"/>
- <build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="HostLoaderApp_Python"/>
-
- <require idref="lufa.common"/>
- <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
- </module>
-</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/doxyfile
deleted file mode 100644
index 4c3de5ab98..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/doxyfile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2398 +0,0 @@
-# Doxyfile 1.8.9
-
-# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
-# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
-#
-# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
-# front of the TAG it is preceding.
-#
-# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
-# The format is:
-# TAG = value [value, ...]
-# For lists, items can also be appended using:
-# TAG += value [value, ...]
-# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Project related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
-# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
-# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
-# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
-# for the list of possible encodings.
-# The default value is: UTF-8.
-
-DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
-
-# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
-# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
-# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
-# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
-# The default value is: My Project.
-
-PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - HID Class Bootloader"
-
-# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
-# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
-# control system is used.
-
-PROJECT_NUMBER =
-
-# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
-# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
-# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
-
-PROJECT_BRIEF =
-
-# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
-# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
-# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
-# the logo to the output directory.
-
-PROJECT_LOGO =
-
-# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
-# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
-# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
-# left blank the current directory will be used.
-
-OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
-
-# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
-# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
-# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
-# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
-# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
-# performance problems for the file system.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
-
-# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
-# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
-# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
-# U+3044.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
-
-# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
-# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
-# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
-# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
-# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
-# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
-# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
-# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
-# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
-# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
-# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
-# The default value is: English.
-
-OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
-
-# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
-# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
-# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
-
-# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
-# description of a member or function before the detailed description
-#
-# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
-# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
-
-# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
-# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
-# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
-# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
-# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
-# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
-# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
-# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
-
-ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
- "The $name widget" \
- "The $name file" \
- is \
- provides \
- specifies \
- contains \
- represents \
- a \
- an \
- the
-
-# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
-# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
-# description.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
-# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
-# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
-# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
-
-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
-# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
-# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
-
-# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
-# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
-# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
-# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
-# strip.
-#
-# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
-# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
-# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
-
-STRIP_FROM_PATH =
-
-# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
-# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
-# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
-# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
-# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
-# using the -I flag.
-
-STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
-
-# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
-# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
-# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SHORT_NAMES = YES
-
-# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
-# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
-# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
-# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
-# description.)
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
-
-# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
-# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
-# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
-# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
-
-# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
-# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
-# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
-# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
-# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
-#
-# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
-# not recognized any more.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
-
-# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
-# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-INHERIT_DOCS = YES
-
-# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
-# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
-# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
-
-# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
-# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
-# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
-
-TAB_SIZE = 4
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
-# the documentation. An alias has the form:
-# name=value
-# For example adding
-# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
-# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
-# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
-# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
-# newlines.
-
-ALIASES =
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
-# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
-# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
-
-TCL_SUBST =
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
-# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
-# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
-# members will be omitted, etc.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
-# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
-# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
-# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
-
-# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
-# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
-# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
-# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
-# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
-# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
-# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
-# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
-# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
-# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
-# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
-#
-# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
-#
-# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
-# the files are not read by doxygen.
-
-EXTENSION_MAPPING =
-
-# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
-# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
-# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
-# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
-# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
-# case of backward compatibilities issues.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
-# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
-# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
-# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
-
-# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
-# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
-# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
-# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
-# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
-# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
-# enable parsing support.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
-# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
-# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
-# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SIP_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
-# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
-# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
-# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
-# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
-# should set this option to NO.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
-
-# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
-# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
-# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
-# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
-
-# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
-# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
-# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
-# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
-# \nosubgrouping command.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SUBGROUPING = YES
-
-# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
-# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
-# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
-# and RTF).
-#
-# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
-# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
-
-# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
-# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
-# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
-# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
-# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
-# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
-
-# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
-# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
-# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
-# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
-# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
-# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
-# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
-
-# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
-# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
-# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
-# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
-# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
-# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
-# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
-# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
-# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
-
-LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Build related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
-# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
-# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
-# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
-# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
-# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_ALL = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
-# be included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
-# scope will be included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
-
-# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
-# included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
-# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
-# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
-# for Java sources.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
-
-# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
-# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
-# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
-# included.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
-
-# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
-# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
-# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
-# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
-# are hidden.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
-# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
-# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
-# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
-# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
-# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
-# included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
-# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
-# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
-
-# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
-# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
-# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
-
-# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
-# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
-# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
-# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
-# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
-# The default value is: system dependent.
-
-CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
-# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
-# scope will be hidden.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
-# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
-# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
-
-# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
-# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
-
-# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
-# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
-# which file to include in order to use the member.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
-
-# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
-# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
-# documentation for inline members.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-INLINE_INFO = YES
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
-# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
-
-# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
-# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
-# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
-# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
-# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
-# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
-# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
-# member documentation.
-# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
-# detailed member documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
-
-# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
-# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
-# appear in their defined order.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
-# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
-# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
-# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
-# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
-# list.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
-
-# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
-# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
-# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
-# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
-# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
-# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
-# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
-# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
-# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
-# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
-# the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
-
-# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
-# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
-# ... \endcond blocks.
-
-ENABLED_SECTIONS =
-
-# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
-# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
-# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
-# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
-# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
-# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
-# documentation regardless of this setting.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
-
-MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
-
-# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
-# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
-# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
-# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
-# (if specified).
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_FILES = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
-# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
-# Folder Tree View (if specified).
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
-
-# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
-# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
-# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
-# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
-# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
-# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
-# version. For an example see the documentation.
-
-FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
-
-# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
-# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
-# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
-# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
-# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
-# will be used as the name of the layout file.
-#
-# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
-# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
-# tag is left empty.
-
-LAYOUT_FILE =
-
-# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
-# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
-# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
-# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
-# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
-# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
-# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
-
-CITE_BIB_FILES =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
-# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
-# messages are off.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-QUIET = YES
-
-# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
-# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
-# this implies that the warnings are on.
-#
-# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-WARNINGS = YES
-
-# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
-# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
-# will automatically be disabled.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
-
-# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
-# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
-# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
-# markup commands wrongly.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
-
-# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
-# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
-# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
-# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
-
-# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
-# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
-# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
-# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
-# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
-# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
-# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
-
-WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
-
-# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
-# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
-# error (stderr).
-
-WARN_LOGFILE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the input files
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
-# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
-# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
-# spaces.
-# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
-
-INPUT = ./
-
-# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
-# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
-# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
-# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
-# possible encodings.
-# The default value is: UTF-8.
-
-INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
-# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
-# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
-# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
-# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
-# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
-# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
-
-FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
- *.c \
- *.txt
-
-# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
-# be searched for input files as well.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-RECURSIVE = YES
-
-# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
-# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
-# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
-#
-# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
-# run.
-
-EXCLUDE = Documentation/ \
- HostLoaderApp/ \
- HostLoaderApp_Python/
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
-# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
-# from the input.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
-# certain files from those directories.
-#
-# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
-# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
-
-EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
-# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
-# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
-# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
-# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
-#
-# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
-# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
- INCLUDE_FROM_*
-
-# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
-# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
-# command).
-
-EXAMPLE_PATH =
-
-# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
-# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
-# files are included.
-
-EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
-
-# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
-# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
-# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
-
-# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
-# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
-# \image command).
-
-IMAGE_PATH =
-
-# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
-# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
-# by executing (via popen()) the command:
-#
-# <filter> <input-file>
-#
-# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
-# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
-# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
-# will be ignored.
-#
-# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
-# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
-# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
-
-INPUT_FILTER =
-
-# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
-# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
-# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
-# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
-# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
-# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
-
-FILTER_PATTERNS =
-
-# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
-# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
-# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
-
-# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
-# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
-# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
-# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
-# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
-
-# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
-# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
-# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
-# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
-
-USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to source browsing
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
-# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
-#
-# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
-# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
-
-# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
-# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_SOURCES = NO
-
-# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
-# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
-# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
-
-# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
-# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
-# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
-# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
-# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
-# link to the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
-
-# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
-# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
-# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
-# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
-# can opt to disable this feature.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
-
-SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
-
-# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
-# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
-# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
-# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
-# 4.8.6 or higher.
-#
-# To use it do the following:
-# - Install the latest version of global
-# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
-# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
-# - Run doxygen as normal
-#
-# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
-# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
-#
-# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
-# source code will now point to the output of htags.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
-
-USE_HTAGS = NO
-
-# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
-# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
-# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
-# See also: Section \class.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
-
-# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
-# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
-# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
-# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
-# information.
-# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
-# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
-
-# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
-# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
-# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
-# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
-# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
-
-CLANG_OPTIONS =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
-# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
-# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
-
-# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
-# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
-# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
-# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
-
-COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
-
-# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
-# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
-# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
-# while generating the index headers.
-# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
-
-IGNORE_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the HTML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_HTML = YES
-
-# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: html.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_OUTPUT = html
-
-# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
-# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
-# The default value is: .html.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
-
-# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
-# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard header.
-#
-# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
-# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
-# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
-# default header using
-# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
-# YourConfigFile
-# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
-# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
-# uses.
-# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
-# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
-# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_HEADER =
-
-# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
-# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
-# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
-# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
-# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
-# that doxygen normally uses.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_FOOTER =
-
-# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
-# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
-# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
-# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
-# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
-# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
-# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
-# obsolete.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_STYLESHEET =
-
-# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
-# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
-# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
-# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
-# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
-# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
-# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
-# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
-# list). For an example see the documentation.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
-
-# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
-# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
-# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
-# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
-# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
-# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
-# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
-# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
-# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
-# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
-# purple, and 360 is red again.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
-# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
-# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
-# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
-# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
-# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
-# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
-# change the gamma.
-# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
-
-# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
-# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
-# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
-
-# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
-# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
-# page has loaded.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
-
-# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
-# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
-# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
-# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
-# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
-# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
-# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
-# tree by default.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
-
-# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
-# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
-# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
-# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
-# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
-# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
-# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
-# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
-# for more information.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
-
-# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
-# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
-# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
-# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
-
-# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
-# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
-# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
-# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
-# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
-
-# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
-# The default value is: Publisher.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
-# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
-# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
-# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
-# Windows.
-#
-# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
-# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
-# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
-# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
-# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
-# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
-# compressed HTML files.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
-
-# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
-# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
-# written to the html output directory.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-CHM_FILE =
-
-# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
-# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
-# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
-# The file has to be specified with full path.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-HHC_LOCATION =
-
-# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
-# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_CHI = NO
-
-# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
-# and project file content.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
-
-# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
-# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
-# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-BINARY_TOC = NO
-
-# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
-# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-TOC_EXPAND = YES
-
-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
-# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
-# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
-# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_QHP = NO
-
-# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
-# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
-# the HTML output folder.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QCH_FILE =
-
-# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
-# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
-# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
-# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
-# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
-# folders).
-# The default value is: doc.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
-
-# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
-# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
-# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
-# filters).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
-
-# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
-# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
-# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
-# filters).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
-
-# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
-# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
-# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
-
-# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
-# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
-# generated .qhp file.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHG_LOCATION =
-
-# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
-# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
-# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
-# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
-# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
-# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
-# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
-
-# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
-# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
-# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
-
-ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
-# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
-# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
-# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
-# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
-# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-DISABLE_INDEX = YES
-
-# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
-# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
-# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
-# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
-# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
-# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
-# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
-# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
-# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
-# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
-# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
-# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
-
-# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
-# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
-#
-# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
-# in the overview section.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
-
-# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
-# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
-
-# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
-# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
-
-# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
-# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
-# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
-# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
-# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
-
-# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
-# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
-# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
-#
-# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
-# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
-
-# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
-# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
-# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
-# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
-# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
-# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-USE_MATHJAX = NO
-
-# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
-# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
-# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
-# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
-# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
-# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
-
-# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
-# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
-# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
-# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
-# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
-# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
-# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
-# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
-# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
-
-# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
-# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
-# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
-
-# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
-# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
-# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
-# example see the documentation.
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
-
-# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
-# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
-# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
-# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
-# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
-# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
-# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
-# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
-# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
-# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
-# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
-# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
-# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
-# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
-# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
-# option.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-SEARCHENGINE = NO
-
-# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
-# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
-# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
-# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
-# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
-# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
-# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
-
-# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
-# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
-# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
-# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
-# search results.
-#
-# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
-# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
-# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
-#
-# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
-
-# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
-# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
-#
-# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
-# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
-# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
-# Searching" for details.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-SEARCHENGINE_URL =
-
-# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
-# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
-# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
-# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
-
-# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
-# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
-# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
-# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
-
-# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
-# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
-# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
-# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
-# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
-# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_LATEX = NO
-
-# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: latex.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
-
-# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
-# invoked.
-#
-# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
-# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
-# written to the output directory.
-# The default file is: latex.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
-
-# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
-# index for LaTeX.
-# The default file is: makeindex.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
-
-# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
-# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
-# trees in general.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-COMPACT_LATEX = NO
-
-# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
-# printer.
-# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
-# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
-# The default value is: a4.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
-
-# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
-# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
-# instance you can specify
-# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
-# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-EXTRA_PACKAGES =
-
-# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
-# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
-# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
-# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
-# default header to a separate file.
-#
-# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
-# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
-# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
-# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
-# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
-# to HTML_HEADER.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_HEADER =
-
-# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
-# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
-# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
-# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
-# special commands can be used inside the footer.
-#
-# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_FOOTER =
-
-# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
-# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
-# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
-# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
-# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
-# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
-# list).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
-
-# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
-# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
-# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
-# markers available.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
-
-# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
-# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
-# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
-
-# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
-# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
-# higher quality PDF documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-USE_PDFLATEX = YES
-
-# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
-# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
-# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
-# when generating formulas in HTML.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
-
-# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
-# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
-
-# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
-# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
-#
-# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
-# SOURCE_BROWSER.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
-
-# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
-# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
-# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
-# The default value is: plain.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the RTF output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
-# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
-# readers/editors.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_RTF = NO
-
-# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: rtf.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
-
-# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
-# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
-# trees in general.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-COMPACT_RTF = NO
-
-# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
-# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
-# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
-# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
-# fields.
-#
-# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
-
-# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
-# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
-# missing definitions are set to their default value.
-#
-# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
-# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
-
-# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
-# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
-# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
-
-# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
-# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
-#
-# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
-# SOURCE_BROWSER.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the man page output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
-# classes and files.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_MAN = NO
-
-# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
-# MAN_OUTPUT.
-# The default directory is: man.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_OUTPUT = man
-
-# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
-# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
-# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
-# optional.
-# The default value is: .3.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_EXTENSION = .3
-
-# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
-# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
-# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_SUBDIR =
-
-# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
-# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
-# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
-# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_LINKS = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the XML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
-# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_XML = NO
-
-# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: xml.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
-
-XML_OUTPUT = xml
-
-# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
-# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
-# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
-# of the XML output.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
-
-XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
-# that can be used to generate PDF.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
-
-# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
-# front of it.
-# The default directory is: docbook.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
-
-DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
-
-# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
-# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
-# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
-# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
-
-DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
-# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
-# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
-# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
-# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
-#
-# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
-# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
-# output from the Perl module output.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
-
-PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
-# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
-# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
-# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
-# just the same.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
-
-PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
-
-# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
-# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
-# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
-# overwrite each other's variables.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
-
-PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
-# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
-# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
-# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
-# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
-
-# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
-# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
-# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
-
-# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
-# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
-
-# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
-# preprocessor.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDE_PATH =
-
-# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
-# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
-# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
-# used.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
-
-# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
-# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
-# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
-# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
-# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
-# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
- PROGMEM \
- ATTR_NO_INIT
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
-# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
-# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
-# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
-# definition found in the source code.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
-
-# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
-# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
-# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
-# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
-# removed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to external references
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
-# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
-# a tag file without this location is as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
-# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
-# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
-# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
-# of tag files.
-# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
-# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
-# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
-
-TAGFILES =
-
-# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
-# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
-# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
-
-GENERATE_TAGFILE =
-
-# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
-# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
-# listed.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-ALLEXTERNALS = NO
-
-# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
-# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
-# listed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
-
-# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
-# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
-# be listed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
-
-# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
-# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
-# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
-
-PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the dot tool
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
-# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
-# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
-# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
-# powerful graphs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
-
-# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
-# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
-# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
-# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
-# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
-# default search path.
-
-MSCGEN_PATH =
-
-# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
-# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
-# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
-# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
-
-DIA_PATH =
-
-# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
-# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
-
-# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
-# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
-# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
-# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
-# set to NO
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HAVE_DOT = NO
-
-# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
-# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
-# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
-# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
-# speed.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
-
-# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
-# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
-# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
-# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
-# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
-# The default value is: Helvetica.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_FONTNAME =
-
-# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
-# dot graphs.
-# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
-
-# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
-# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
-# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_FONTPATH =
-
-# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
-# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
-# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-CLASS_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
-# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
-# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
-# class with other documented classes.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
-# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
-# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
-# Language.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-UML_LOOK = NO
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
-# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
-# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
-# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
-# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
-# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
-# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
-# 10.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
-
-# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
-# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
-# instances.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
-
-# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
-# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
-# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
-# files.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
-# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
-# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
-# files.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
-# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
-#
-# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
-# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
-# functions only using the \callgraph command.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-CALL_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
-# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
-#
-# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
-# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
-# functions only using the \callergraph command.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-CALLER_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
-# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
-
-# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
-# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
-# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
-# files in the directories.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
-
-# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
-# generated by dot.
-# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
-# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
-# requirement).
-# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
-# The default value is: png.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
-
-# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
-# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
-#
-# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
-# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
-# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
-# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
-
-# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
-# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_PATH =
-
-# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
-# command).
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOTFILE_DIRS =
-
-# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
-# command).
-
-MSCFILE_DIRS =
-
-# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
-# command).
-
-DIAFILE_DIRS =
-
-# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
-# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
-# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
-# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
-# will not generate output for the diagram.
-
-PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
-
-# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
-# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
-
-PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
-
-# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
-# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
-# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
-# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
-# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
-# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
-
-# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
-# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
-# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
-# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
-# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
-# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
-
-# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
-# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
-# to support this out of the box.
-#
-# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
-# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
-# read).
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
-
-# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
-# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
-# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
-# this, this feature is disabled by default.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
-# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
-# graphs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
-
-# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
-# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/makefile b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 12cfadb5d4..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-#
-# LUFA Library
-# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-#
-# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-# www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-# --------------------------------------
-# LUFA Project Makefile.
-# --------------------------------------
-
-# Run "make help" for target help.
-
-MCU = at90usb1287
-ARCH = AVR8
-BOARD = USBKEY
-F_CPU = 8000000
-F_USB = $(F_CPU)
-OPTIMIZATION = s
-TARGET = BootloaderHID
-SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
-LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
-CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -DBOOT_START_ADDR=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET) -IConfig/
-LD_FLAGS = -Wl,--section-start=.text=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET)
-
-# Flash size and bootloader section sizes of the target, in KB. These must
-# match the target's total FLASH size and the bootloader size set in the
-# device's fuses.
-FLASH_SIZE_KB := 128
-BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB := 8
-
-# Bootloader address calculation formulas
-# Do not modify these macros, but rather modify the dependent values above.
-CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX = $(shell printf "0x%X" $$(( $(1) )) )
-BOOT_START_OFFSET = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) - $(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB)) * 1024 )
-BOOT_SEC_OFFSET = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) * 1024) - ($(strip $(1))) )
-
-# Default target
-all:
-
-# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
-DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
-include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
-include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
-
-# Include common DMBS build system modules
-DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPI.c b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPI.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 491c506d0f..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPI.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Bootloader user application API functions.
- */
-
-#include "BootloaderAPI.h"
-
-void BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address)
-{
- boot_page_erase_safe(Address);
- boot_spm_busy_wait();
- boot_rww_enable();
-}
-
-void BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address)
-{
- boot_page_write_safe(Address);
- boot_spm_busy_wait();
- boot_rww_enable();
-}
-
-void BootloaderAPI_FillWord(const uint32_t Address, const uint16_t Word)
-{
- boot_page_fill_safe(Address, Word);
-}
-
-uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature(const uint16_t Address)
-{
- return boot_signature_byte_get(Address);
-}
-
-uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse(const uint16_t Address)
-{
- return boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(Address);
-}
-
-uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadLock(void)
-{
- return boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_LOCK_BITS);
-}
-
-void BootloaderAPI_WriteLock(const uint8_t LockBits)
-{
- boot_lock_bits_set_safe(LockBits);
-}
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPI.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPI.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4889b4c0db..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPI.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for BootloaderAPI.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _BOOTLOADER_API_H_
-#define _BOOTLOADER_API_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
- #include <avr/boot.h>
- #include <stdbool.h>
-
- #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
-
- /* Macros: */
- #if AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE > 0
- #define AUX_BOOT_SECTION __attribute__((section(".boot_aux")))
- #else
- #define AUX_BOOT_SECTION
- #endif
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- void BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address);
- void BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address);
- void BootloaderAPI_FillWord(const uint32_t Address, const uint16_t Word);
- uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature(const uint16_t Address);
- uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse(const uint16_t Address);
- uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadLock(void);
- void BootloaderAPI_WriteLock(const uint8_t LockBits);
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPITable.S b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPITable.S
deleted file mode 100644
index 44eb15ea9d..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPITable.S
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#if AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE > 0
-#warning Using a AUX bootloader section in addition to the defined bootloader space (see documentation).
-
-; Trampoline to jump over the AUX bootloader section to the start of the bootloader,
-; on devices where an AUX bootloader section is used.
-.section .boot_aux_trampoline, "ax"
-.global Boot_AUX_Trampoline
-Boot_AUX_Trampoline:
- jmp BOOT_START_ADDR
-#endif
-
-; Trampolines to actual API implementations if the target address is outside the
-; range of a rjmp instruction (can happen with large bootloader sections)
-.section .apitable_trampolines, "ax"
-.global BootloaderAPI_Trampolines
-BootloaderAPI_Trampolines:
-
- BootloaderAPI_ErasePage_Trampoline:
- jmp BootloaderAPI_ErasePage
- BootloaderAPI_WritePage_Trampoline:
- jmp BootloaderAPI_WritePage
- BootloaderAPI_FillWord_Trampoline:
- jmp BootloaderAPI_FillWord
- BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature_Trampoline:
- jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature
- BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse_Trampoline:
- jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse
- BootloaderAPI_ReadLock_Trampoline:
- jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadLock
- BootloaderAPI_WriteLock_Trampoline:
- jmp BootloaderAPI_WriteLock
- BootloaderAPI_UNUSED1:
- ret
- BootloaderAPI_UNUSED2:
- ret
- BootloaderAPI_UNUSED3:
- ret
- BootloaderAPI_UNUSED4:
- ret
- BootloaderAPI_UNUSED5:
- ret
-
-
-
-; API function jump table
-.section .apitable_jumptable, "ax"
-.global BootloaderAPI_JumpTable
-BootloaderAPI_JumpTable:
-
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_ErasePage_Trampoline
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_WritePage_Trampoline
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_FillWord_Trampoline
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature_Trampoline
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse_Trampoline
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadLock_Trampoline
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_WriteLock_Trampoline
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED1 ; UNUSED ENTRY 1
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED2 ; UNUSED ENTRY 2
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED3 ; UNUSED ENTRY 3
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED4 ; UNUSED ENTRY 4
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED5 ; UNUSED ENTRY 5
-
-
-
-; Bootloader table signatures and information
-.section .apitable_signatures, "ax"
-.global BootloaderAPI_Signatures
-BootloaderAPI_Signatures:
-
- .long BOOT_START_ADDR ; Start address of the bootloader
- .word 0xDF30 ; Signature for the MS class bootloader, V1
- .word 0xDCFB ; Signature for a LUFA class bootloader
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.c b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6c9697b660..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,263 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Main source file for the Mass Storage class bootloader. This file contains the complete bootloader logic.
- */
-
-#define INCLUDE_FROM_BOOTLOADER_MASSSTORAGE_C
-#include "BootloaderMassStorage.h"
-
-/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
- * passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
- * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
- */
-USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t Disk_MS_Interface =
- {
- .Config =
- {
- .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
- .DataINEndpoint =
- {
- .Address = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
- .Size = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
- .Banks = 1,
- },
- .DataOUTEndpoint =
- {
- .Address = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
- .Size = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
- .Banks = 1,
- },
- .TotalLUNs = 1,
- },
- };
-
-/** Flag to indicate if the bootloader should be running, or should exit and allow the application code to run
- * via a soft reset. When cleared, the bootloader will abort, the USB interface will shut down and the application
- * started via a forced watchdog reset.
- */
-bool RunBootloader = true;
-
-/** Magic lock for forced application start. If the HWBE fuse is programmed and BOOTRST is unprogrammed, the bootloader
- * will start if the /HWB line of the AVR is held low and the system is reset. However, if the /HWB line is still held
- * low when the application attempts to start via a watchdog reset, the bootloader will re-start. If set to the value
- * \ref MAGIC_BOOT_KEY the special init function \ref Application_Jump_Check() will force the application to start.
- */
-uint16_t MagicBootKey ATTR_NO_INIT;
-
-/** Indicates if the bootloader is allowed to exit immediately if \ref RunBootloader is \c false. During shutdown all
- * pending commands must be processed before jumping to the user-application, thus this tracks the main program loop
- * iterations since a SCSI command from the host was received.
- */
-static uint8_t TicksSinceLastCommand = 0;
-
-
-/** Special startup routine to check if the bootloader was started via a watchdog reset, and if the magic application
- * start key has been loaded into \ref MagicBootKey. If the bootloader started via the watchdog and the key is valid,
- * this will force the user application to start via a software jump.
- */
-void Application_Jump_Check(void)
-{
- bool JumpToApplication = false;
-
- #if (BOARD == BOARD_LEONARDO)
- /* Enable pull-up on the IO13 pin so we can use it to select the mode */
- PORTC |= (1 << 7);
- Delay_MS(10);
-
- /* If IO13 is not jumpered to ground, start the user application instead */
- JumpToApplication = ((PINC & (1 << 7)) != 0);
-
- /* Disable pull-up after the check has completed */
- PORTC &= ~(1 << 7);
- #elif ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
- /* Disable JTAG debugging */
- JTAG_DISABLE();
-
- /* Enable pull-up on the JTAG TCK pin so we can use it to select the mode */
- PORTF |= (1 << 4);
- Delay_MS(10);
-
- /* If the TCK pin is not jumpered to ground, start the user application instead */
- JumpToApplication = ((PINF & (1 << 4)) != 0);
-
- /* Re-enable JTAG debugging */
- JTAG_ENABLE();
- #else
- /* Check if the device's BOOTRST fuse is set */
- if (boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_HIGH_FUSE_BITS) & FUSE_BOOTRST)
- {
- /* If the reset source was not an external reset or the key is correct, clear it and jump to the application */
- if (!(MCUSR & (1 << EXTRF)) || (MagicBootKey == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
- JumpToApplication = true;
-
- /* Clear reset source */
- MCUSR &= ~(1 << EXTRF);
- }
- else
- {
- /* If the reset source was the bootloader and the key is correct, clear it and jump to the application;
- * this can happen in the HWBE fuse is set, and the HBE pin is low during the watchdog reset */
- if ((MCUSR & (1 << WDRF)) && (MagicBootKey == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
- JumpToApplication = true;
-
- /* Clear reset source */
- MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Don't run the user application if the reset vector is blank (no app loaded) */
- bool ApplicationValid = (pgm_read_word_near(0) != 0xFFFF);
-
- /* If a request has been made to jump to the user application, honor it */
- if (JumpToApplication && ApplicationValid)
- {
- /* Turn off the watchdog */
- MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
- wdt_disable();
-
- /* Clear the boot key and jump to the user application */
- MagicBootKey = 0;
-
- // cppcheck-suppress constStatement
- ((void (*)(void))0x0000)();
- }
-}
-
-/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
- * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
- */
-int main(void)
-{
- SetupHardware();
-
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
- GlobalInterruptEnable();
-
- while (RunBootloader || TicksSinceLastCommand++ < 0xFF)
- {
- MS_Device_USBTask(&Disk_MS_Interface);
- USB_USBTask();
- }
-
- /* Disconnect from the host - USB interface will be reset later along with the AVR */
- USB_Detach();
-
- /* Unlock the forced application start mode of the bootloader if it is restarted */
- MagicBootKey = MAGIC_BOOT_KEY;
-
- /* Enable the watchdog and force a timeout to reset the AVR */
- wdt_enable(WDTO_250MS);
-
- for (;;);
-}
-
-/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
-static void SetupHardware(void)
-{
- /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
- MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
- wdt_disable();
-
- /* Disable clock division */
- clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
-
- /* Relocate the interrupt vector table to the bootloader section */
- MCUCR = (1 << IVCE);
- MCUCR = (1 << IVSEL);
-
- /* Hardware Initialization */
- LEDs_Init();
- USB_Init();
-
- /* Bootloader active LED toggle timer initialization */
- TIMSK1 = (1 << TOIE1);
- TCCR1B = ((1 << CS11) | (1 << CS10));
-}
-
-/** ISR to periodically toggle the LEDs on the board to indicate that the bootloader is active. */
-ISR(TIMER1_OVF_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
-{
- LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs. */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
-{
- /* Indicate USB enumerating */
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
- * the status LEDs and stops the Mass Storage management task.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
-{
- /* Indicate USB not ready */
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
-{
- bool ConfigSuccess = true;
-
- /* Setup Mass Storage Data Endpoints */
- ConfigSuccess &= MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Disk_MS_Interface);
-
- /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
-{
- MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Disk_MS_Interface);
-}
-
-/** Mass Storage class driver callback function the reception of SCSI commands from the host, which must be processed.
- *
- * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface configuration structure being referenced
- */
-bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
-{
- bool CommandSuccess;
-
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
- CommandSuccess = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(MSInterfaceInfo);
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
-
- /* Signal that a command was processed, must not exit bootloader yet */
- TicksSinceLastCommand = 0;
-
- return CommandSuccess;
-}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c9ddee4d7f..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for BootloaderMassStorage.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _BOOTLOADER_MASS_STORAGE_H_
-#define _BOOTLOADER_MASS_STORAGE_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
- #include <avr/wdt.h>
- #include <avr/power.h>
- #include <avr/interrupt.h>
- #include <string.h>
-
- #include "Descriptors.h"
- #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
-
- #include "Lib/SCSI.h"
-
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
- #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__OPTIMIZE_SIZE__)
- #error This bootloader requires that it be optimized for size, not speed, to fit into the target device. Change optimization settings and try again.
- #endif
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
- #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
-
- /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
- #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
-
- /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
- #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
-
- /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
- #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
-
- /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
- #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
-
- /** Magic bootloader key to unlock forced application start mode. */
- #define MAGIC_BOOT_KEY 0xDC42
-
- /* Global Variables: */
- extern bool RunBootloader;
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- int main(void) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
-
- void Application_Jump_Check(void) ATTR_INIT_SECTION(3);
-
- void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
- void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
- void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
- void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
-
- bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
-
- #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_BOOTLOADER_MASSSTORAGE_C)
- static void SetupHardware(void) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.txt b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 0fea9d9fb5..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,240 +0,0 @@
-/** \file
- *
- * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/** \mainpage Mass Storage Class USB AVR Bootloader
- *
- * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
- *
- * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
- *
- * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
- * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
- * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4) - <i>See \ref SSec_Aux_Space</i>
- * \li ATMEGA32U2 - <i>See \ref SSec_Aux_Space</i>
- *
- * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
- *
- * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
- * <td>Device</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
- * <td>Mass Storage Device</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
- * <td>Bulk-Only Transport</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
- * <td>USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n
- * USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n
- * SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n
- * SCSI Block Commands Specification</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
- * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
- * </tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
- *
- * This bootloader enumerates to the host as a Mass Storage device, capable of reading and writing a new binary
- * firmware image file, to load firmware onto the AVR.
- *
- * Out of the box this bootloader builds for the AT90USB1287 with an 8KB bootloader section size, and will fit
- * into 6KB of bootloader space. If you wish to alter this size and/or change the AVR model, you will need to
- * edit the MCU, FLASH_SIZE_KB and BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB values in the accompanying makefile.
- *
- * When the bootloader is running, the board's LED(s) will flash at regular intervals to distinguish the
- * bootloader from the normal user application.
- *
- * \warning <b>THIS BOOTLOADER IS NOT SECURE.</b> Malicious entities can recover written data, even if the device
- * lockbits are set.
- *
- * \section Sec_Running Running the Bootloader
- *
- * On the USB AVR8 devices, setting the \c HWBE device fuse will cause the bootloader to run if the \c HWB pin of
- * the AVR is grounded when the device is reset.
- *
- * The are two behaviours of this bootloader, depending on the device's fuses:
- *
- * <b>If the device's BOOTRST fuse is set</b>, the bootloader will run any time the system is reset from
- * the external reset pin, unless no valid user application has been loaded. To initiate the bootloader, the
- * device's external reset pin should be grounded momentarily.
- *
- * <b>If the device's BOOTRST fuse is not set</b>, the bootloader will run only if initiated via a software
- * jump, or if the \c HWB pin was low during the last device reset (if the \c HWBE fuse is set).
- *
- * For board specific exceptions to the above, see below.
- *
- * \subsection SSec_XPLAIN Atmel Xplain Board
- * Ground the USB AVR JTAG's \c TCK pin to ground when powering on the board to start the bootloader. This assumes the
- * \c HWBE fuse is cleared and the \c BOOTRST fuse is set as the HWBE pin is not user accessible on this board.
- *
- * \subsection SSec_Leonardo Arduino Leonardo Board
- * Ground \c IO13 when powering the board to start the bootloader. This assumes the \c HWBE fuse is cleared and the
- * \c BOOTRST fuse is set as the HWBE pin is not user accessible on this board.
- *
- * \section Sec_Installation Driver Installation
- *
- * This bootloader uses the Mass Storage drivers inbuilt into all modern operating systems, thus no additional
- * drivers need to be supplied for correct operation.
- *
- * \section Sec_HostApp Host Controller Application
- *
- * This bootloader is compatible with all operating systems that support the FAT12 file system format. To reprogram the
- * device, overwrite a file stored on the virtual FAT filesystem with a new binary (BIN format) image. Remember to safely
- * remove your device from the host using the host OS's ejection APIs, to ensure all data is correctly flushed to the
- * bootloader's virtual filesystem and not cached in the OS's file system driver.
- *
- * The current device firmware can be read from the device by reading a file from the virtual FAT filesystem. Two files will
- * be present:
- * - <b>FLASH.BIN</b>, representing the AVR's internal flash memory
- * - <b>EEPROM.BIN</b>, representing the AVR's internal EEPROM memory
- *
- * To convert an existing Intel HEX (.HEX) program file to a binary (.BIN) file suitable for this bootloader, run:
- * \code
- * avr-objcopy -O binary -R .eeprom -R .fuse -R .lock -R .signature input.hex output.bin
- * \endcode
- * From a terminal, replacing <tt>input.hex</tt> and <tt>output.bin</tt> with the respective input and output filenames.
- * AVR EEPROM data files in Intel HEX format (.EEP) uses a similar technique:
- * \code
- * avr-objcopy -O binary input.eep output.bin
- * \endcode
- *
- * \warning This bootloader is currently <b>incompatible with the Apple MacOS X OS Finder GUI</b>, due to the
- * large amount of meta files this OS attempts to write to the disk along with the new binaries. On
- * this platform, firmwares must be copied to the disk via the Terminal application only to prevent
- * firmware corruption.
- *
- * \section Sec_API User Application API
- *
- * Several user application functions for FLASH and other special memory area manipulations are exposed by the bootloader,
- * allowing the user application to call into the bootloader at runtime to read and write FLASH data.
- *
- * By default, the bootloader API jump table is located 32 bytes from the end of the device's FLASH memory, and follows the
- * following layout:
- *
- * \code
- * #define BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE 32
- * #define BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START ((FLASHEND + 1UL) - BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE)
- * #define BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(Index) (void*)((BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (Index * 2)) / 2)
- *
- * void (*BootloaderAPI_ErasePage)(uint32_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(0);
- * void (*BootloaderAPI_WritePage)(uint32_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(1);
- * void (*BootloaderAPI_FillWord)(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Word) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(2);
- * uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature)(uint16_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(3);
- * uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse)(uint16_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(4);
- * uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadLock)(void) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(5);
- * void (*BootloaderAPI_WriteLock)(uint8_t LockBits) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(6);
- *
- * #define BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE_START (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 2))
- * #define BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE 0xDCFB
- *
- * #define BOOTLOADER_CLASS_SIGNATURE_START (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 4))
- * #define BOOTLOADER_MASS_STORAGE_SIGNATURE 0xDF30
- *
- * #define BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_START (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 8))
- * #define BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_LENGTH 4
- * \endcode
- *
- * From the application the API support of the bootloader can be detected by reading the FLASH memory bytes located at address
- * \c BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE_START and comparing them to the value \c BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE. The class of bootloader
- * can be determined by reading the FLASH memory bytes located at address \c BOOTLOADER_CLASS_SIGNATURE_START and comparing them
- * to the value \c BOOTLOADER_MASS_STORAGE_SIGNATURE. The start address of the bootloader can be retrieved by reading the bytes
- * of FLASH memory starting from address \c BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_START.
- *
- * \subsection SSec_Aux_Space Auxiliary Bootloader Section
- * To make the bootloader function on smaller devices (those with a physical bootloader section of smaller than 6KB) a second
- * section of memory (called the <i>Auxiliary Bootloader Section</i>) is added before the start of the real bootloader section,
- * and is filled with a portion of the bootloader code. This allows smaller devices to run the bootloader, at the cost of an
- * additional portion of the device's FLASH (the bootloader section size in KB subtracted from the 6KB total size). A small
- * trampoline is inserted at the start of the auxiliary section so that the bootloader will run normally in the case of a blank
- * application section.
- *
- * On devices supporting a 8KB bootloader section size, the AUX section is not created in the final binary.
- *
- * \subsection SSec_API_MemLayout Device Memory Map
- * The following illustration indicates the final memory map of the device when loaded with the bootloader.
- *
- * \verbatim
- * +----------------------------+ 0x0000
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | User Application |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - BOOT_SECTION_SIZE - BOOT_AUX_SECTION_SIZE
- * | Booloader Start Trampoline |
- * | (Not User App. Accessible) |
- * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - BOOT_SECTION_SIZE - BOOT_AUX_SECTION_SIZE + 4
- * | |
- * | Auxiliary Bootloader |
- * | Space for Smaller Devices |
- * | (Not User App. Accessible) |
- * | |
- * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - BOOT_SECTION_SIZE
- * | |
- * | Bootloader Application |
- * | (Not User App. Accessible) |
- * | |
- * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 96
- * | API Table Trampolines |
- * | (Not User App. Accessible) |
- * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 32
- * | Bootloader API Table |
- * | (User App. Accessible) |
- * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 8
- * | Bootloader ID Constants |
- * | (User App. Accessible) |
- * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND
- * \endverbatim
- *
- * \section Sec_KnownIssues Known Issues:
- *
- * \par In some cases, the application is not fully loaded into the device.
- * Write-caching on some operating systems may interfere with the normal
- * operation of the bootloader. Write caching should be disabled when using the
- * Mass Storage bootloader, or the file system synced via an appropriate command
- * (such as the OS's normal disk ejection command) before disconnecting the device.
- *
- * \section Sec_Options Project Options
- *
- * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr>
- * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
- * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
- * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>NO_APP_START_ON_EJECT</td>
- * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
- * <td>Define to disable automatic start of the loaded application when the virtual
- * Mass Storage disk is ejected on the host.</td>
- * </tr>
- * </table>
- */
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 92eb364dc9..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Application Configuration Header File
- *
- * This is a header file which is be used to configure LUFA's
- * compile time options, as an alternative to the compile time
- * constants supplied through a makefile.
- *
- * For information on what each token does, refer to the
- * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
- */
-
-#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
-#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
-
-// #define NO_APP_START_ON_EJECT
-
-#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7353178673..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
- *
- * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
- * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
- * a makefile.
- *
- * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
- * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
- */
-
-#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
-#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
-
- #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-
- /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
-// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
-
- /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
-// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
-// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
-
- /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
- #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
- #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
- #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
-// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
-// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
- #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
-
- /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
- #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
-// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
-// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
- #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
- #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
- #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
- #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
-// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
- #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
- #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
- #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
-
- /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
-// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
-// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
-// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
-
- #else
-
- #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
-
- #endif
-#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Descriptors.c
deleted file mode 100644
index e8bdbd4f5c..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Descriptors.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,157 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
- * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
- * the device's capabilities and functions.
- */
-
-#include "Descriptors.h"
-
-
-/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the overall
- * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
- * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
- * process begins.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_Device_t DeviceDescriptor =
-{
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
-
- .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
- .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
- .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
- .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
-
- .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
-
- .VendorID = 0x03EB,
- .ProductID = 0x2045,
- .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
-
- .ManufacturerStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
- .ProductStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
- .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
-
- .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
-};
-
-/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
- * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
- * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
- * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t ConfigurationDescriptor =
-{
- .Config =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
-
- .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
- .TotalInterfaces = 1,
-
- .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
- .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
-
- .ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
-
- .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
- },
-
- .MS_Interface =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
-
- .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
- .AlternateSetting = 0,
-
- .TotalEndpoints = 2,
-
- .Class = MS_CSCP_MassStorageClass,
- .SubClass = MS_CSCP_SCSITransparentSubclass,
- .Protocol = MS_CSCP_BulkOnlyTransportProtocol,
-
- .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
- },
-
- .MS_DataInEndpoint =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
-
- .EndpointAddress = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
- .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
- .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
- .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
- },
-
- .MS_DataOutEndpoint =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
-
- .EndpointAddress = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
- .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
- .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
- .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
- }
-};
-
-/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
- * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
- * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
- * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
- * USB host.
- */
-uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
- const uint16_t wIndex,
- const void** const DescriptorAddress)
-{
- const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
-
- const void* Address = NULL;
- uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
-
- /* If/Else If chain compiles slightly smaller than a switch case */
- if (DescriptorType == DTYPE_Device)
- {
- Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
- Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
- }
- else if (DescriptorType == DTYPE_Configuration)
- {
- Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
- Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
- }
-
- *DescriptorAddress = Address;
- return Size;
-}
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Descriptors.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 506f41af83..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Descriptors.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for Descriptors.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
-#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
-
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
-
- #include "BootloaderAPI.h"
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
- #define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
-
- /** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
- #define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
-
- /** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */
- #define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE 64
-
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
- * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
- * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
-
- // Mass Storage Interface
- USB_Descriptor_Interface_t MS_Interface;
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataInEndpoint;
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataOutEndpoint;
- } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
-
-
- /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
- * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
- * interface from other descriptors.
- */
- enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
- {
- INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage = 0, /**< Mass storage interface descriptor ID */
- };
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
- const uint16_t wIndex,
- const void** const DescriptorAddress)
- ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 3c14eb9010..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,294 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage
- * devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information,
- * which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium.
- */
-
-#define INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C
-#include "SCSI.h"
-
-/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's
- * features and capabilities.
- */
-static const SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData =
- {
- .DeviceType = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK,
- .PeripheralQualifier = 0,
-
- .Removable = true,
-
- .Version = 0,
-
- .ResponseDataFormat = 2,
- .NormACA = false,
- .TrmTsk = false,
- .AERC = false,
-
- .AdditionalLength = 0x1F,
-
- .SoftReset = false,
- .CmdQue = false,
- .Linked = false,
- .Sync = false,
- .WideBus16Bit = false,
- .WideBus32Bit = false,
- .RelAddr = false,
-
- .VendorID = "LUFA",
- .ProductID = "Bootloader",
- .RevisionID = {'0','.','0','0'},
- };
-
-/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE
- * command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete.
- */
-static SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData =
- {
- .ResponseCode = 0x70,
- .AdditionalLength = 0x0A,
- };
-
-
-/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches
- * to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns
- * a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST.
- *
- * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise
- */
-bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
-{
- bool CommandSuccess = false;
-
- /* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */
- switch (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0])
- {
- case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY:
- CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Inquiry(MSInterfaceInfo);
- break;
- case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE:
- CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(MSInterfaceInfo);
- break;
- case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10:
- CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(MSInterfaceInfo);
- break;
- case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10:
- CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_WRITE);
- break;
- case SCSI_CMD_READ_10:
- CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_READ);
- break;
- case SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6:
- CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(MSInterfaceInfo);
- break;
- case SCSI_CMD_START_STOP_UNIT:
-#if !defined(NO_APP_START_ON_EJECT)
- /* If the user ejected the volume, signal bootloader exit at next opportunity. */
- RunBootloader = ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4] & 0x03) != 0x02);
-#endif
- case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC:
- case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY:
- case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL:
- case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10:
- /* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */
- CommandSuccess = true;
- MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
- break;
- default:
- /* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */
- SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
- SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND,
- SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
- break;
- }
-
- /* Check if command was successfully processed */
- if (CommandSuccess)
- {
- SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD,
- SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
- SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
-
- return true;
- }
-
- return false;
-}
-
-/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features
- * and capabilities to the host.
- *
- * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
- */
-static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
-{
- uint16_t AllocationLength = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3]);
- uint16_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(InquiryData));
-
- /* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */
- if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) ||
- MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2])
- {
- /* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */
- SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
- SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
- SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
-
- return false;
- }
-
- Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
-
- /* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */
- Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
-
- /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
- MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
-
- return true;
-}
-
-/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command,
- * including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete.
- *
- * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
- */
-static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
-{
- uint8_t AllocationLength = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4];
- uint8_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(SenseData));
-
- Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
- Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
- MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
-
- return true;
-}
-
-/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity
- * on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks.
- *
- * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
- */
-static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
-{
- Endpoint_Write_32_BE(LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS - 1);
- Endpoint_Write_32_BE(SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES);
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
- MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8;
-
- return true;
-}
-
-/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address
- * and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level Dataflash routine to handle the actual
- * reading and writing of the data.
- *
- * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
- * \param[in] IsDataRead Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE)
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
- */
-static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
- const bool IsDataRead)
-{
- uint16_t BlockAddress;
- uint16_t TotalBlocks;
-
- /* Load in the 32-bit block address (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
- BlockAddress = SwapEndian_32(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]);
-
- /* Load in the 16-bit total blocks (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
- TotalBlocks = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7]);
-
- /* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */
- if (BlockAddress >= LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS)
- {
- /* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
- SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
- SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE,
- SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
-
- return false;
- }
-
- /* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */
- for (uint16_t i = 0; i < TotalBlocks; i++)
- {
- if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ)
- VirtualFAT_ReadBlock(BlockAddress + i);
- else
- VirtualFAT_WriteBlock(BlockAddress + i);
- }
-
- /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
- MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES);
-
- return true;
-}
-
-/** Command processing for an issued SCSI MODE SENSE (6) command. This command returns various informational pages about
- * the SCSI device, as well as the device's Write Protect status.
- *
- * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
- */
-static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
-{
- /* Send an empty header response indicating Write Protect flag is off */
- Endpoint_Write_32_LE(0);
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
- MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 4;
-
- return true;
-}
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4195593363..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for SCSI.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _SCSI_H_
-#define _SCSI_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
- #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
-
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
-
- #include "../BootloaderMassStorage.h"
- #include "../Descriptors.h"
- #include "VirtualFAT.h"
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This
- * is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about
- * the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner.
- *
- * \param[in] Key New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to
- * \param[in] Acode New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to
- * \param[in] Aqual New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to
- */
- #define SCSI_SET_SENSE(Key, Acode, Aqual) do { SenseData.SenseKey = (Key); \
- SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode = (Acode); \
- SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = (Aqual); } while (0)
-
- /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */
- #define DATA_READ true
-
- /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */
- #define DATA_WRITE false
-
- /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */
- #define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK 0x00
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
-
- #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C)
- static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
- static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
- static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
- static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
- const bool IsDataRead) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
- static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/VirtualFAT.c b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/VirtualFAT.c
deleted file mode 100644
index ffd453128e..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/VirtualFAT.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,482 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Virtualized FAT12 filesystem implementation, to perform self-programming
- * in response to read and write requests to the virtual filesystem by the
- * host PC.
- */
-
-#define INCLUDE_FROM_VIRTUAL_FAT_C
-#include "VirtualFAT.h"
-
-/** FAT filesystem boot sector block, must be the first sector on the physical
- * disk so that the host can identify the presence of a FAT filesystem. This
- * block is truncated; normally a large bootstrap section is located near the
- * end of the block for booting purposes however as this is not meant to be a
- * bootable disk it is omitted for space reasons.
- *
- * \note When returning the boot block to the host, the magic signature 0xAA55
- * must be added to the very end of the block to identify it as a boot
- * block.
- */
-static const FATBootBlock_t BootBlock =
- {
- .Bootstrap = {0xEB, 0x3C, 0x90},
- .Description = "mkdosfs",
- .SectorSize = SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES,
- .SectorsPerCluster = SECTOR_PER_CLUSTER,
- .ReservedSectors = 1,
- .FATCopies = 2,
- .RootDirectoryEntries = (SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES / sizeof(FATDirectoryEntry_t)),
- .TotalSectors16 = LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS,
- .MediaDescriptor = 0xF8,
- .SectorsPerFAT = 1,
- .SectorsPerTrack = (LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS % 64),
- .Heads = (LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS / 64),
- .HiddenSectors = 0,
- .TotalSectors32 = 0,
- .PhysicalDriveNum = 0,
- .ExtendedBootRecordSig = 0x29,
- .VolumeSerialNumber = 0x12345678,
- .VolumeLabel = "LUFA BOOT ",
- .FilesystemIdentifier = "FAT12 ",
- };
-
-/** FAT 8.3 style directory entry, for the virtual FLASH contents file. */
-static FATDirectoryEntry_t FirmwareFileEntries[] =
- {
- /* Root volume label entry; disk label is contained in the Filename and
- * Extension fields (concatenated) with a special attribute flag - other
- * fields are ignored. Should be the same as the label in the boot block.
- */
- [DISK_FILE_ENTRY_VolumeID] =
- {
- .MSDOS_Directory =
- {
- .Name = "LUFA BOOT ",
- .Attributes = FAT_FLAG_VOLUME_NAME,
- .Reserved = {0},
- .CreationTime = 0,
- .CreationDate = 0,
- .StartingCluster = 0,
- .Reserved2 = 0,
- }
- },
-
- /* VFAT Long File Name entry for the virtual firmware file; required to
- * prevent corruption from systems that are unable to detect the device
- * as being a legacy MSDOS style FAT12 volume. */
- [DISK_FILE_ENTRY_FLASH_LFN] =
- {
- .VFAT_LongFileName =
- {
- .Ordinal = 1 | FAT_ORDINAL_LAST_ENTRY,
- .Attribute = FAT_FLAG_LONG_FILE_NAME,
- .Reserved1 = 0,
- .Reserved2 = 0,
-
- .Checksum = FAT_CHECKSUM('F','L','A','S','H',' ',' ',' ','B','I','N'),
-
- .Unicode1 = 'F',
- .Unicode2 = 'L',
- .Unicode3 = 'A',
- .Unicode4 = 'S',
- .Unicode5 = 'H',
- .Unicode6 = '.',
- .Unicode7 = 'B',
- .Unicode8 = 'I',
- .Unicode9 = 'N',
- .Unicode10 = 0,
- .Unicode11 = 0,
- .Unicode12 = 0,
- .Unicode13 = 0,
- }
- },
-
- /* MSDOS file entry for the virtual Firmware image. */
- [DISK_FILE_ENTRY_FLASH_MSDOS] =
- {
- .MSDOS_File =
- {
- .Filename = "FLASH ",
- .Extension = "BIN",
- .Attributes = 0,
- .Reserved = {0},
- .CreationTime = FAT_TIME(1, 1, 0),
- .CreationDate = FAT_DATE(14, 2, 1989),
- .StartingCluster = 2,
- .FileSizeBytes = FLASH_FILE_SIZE_BYTES,
- }
- },
-
- [DISK_FILE_ENTRY_EEPROM_LFN] =
- {
- .VFAT_LongFileName =
- {
- .Ordinal = 1 | FAT_ORDINAL_LAST_ENTRY,
- .Attribute = FAT_FLAG_LONG_FILE_NAME,
- .Reserved1 = 0,
- .Reserved2 = 0,
-
- .Checksum = FAT_CHECKSUM('E','E','P','R','O','M',' ',' ','B','I','N'),
-
- .Unicode1 = 'E',
- .Unicode2 = 'E',
- .Unicode3 = 'P',
- .Unicode4 = 'R',
- .Unicode5 = 'O',
- .Unicode6 = 'M',
- .Unicode7 = '.',
- .Unicode8 = 'B',
- .Unicode9 = 'I',
- .Unicode10 = 'N',
- .Unicode11 = 0,
- .Unicode12 = 0,
- .Unicode13 = 0,
- }
- },
-
- [DISK_FILE_ENTRY_EEPROM_MSDOS] =
- {
- .MSDOS_File =
- {
- .Filename = "EEPROM ",
- .Extension = "BIN",
- .Attributes = 0,
- .Reserved = {0},
- .CreationTime = FAT_TIME(1, 1, 0),
- .CreationDate = FAT_DATE(14, 2, 1989),
- .StartingCluster = 2 + FILE_CLUSTERS(FLASH_FILE_SIZE_BYTES),
- .FileSizeBytes = EEPROM_FILE_SIZE_BYTES,
- }
- },
- };
-
-/** Starting cluster of the virtual FLASH.BIN file on disk, tracked so that the
- * offset from the start of the data sector can be determined. On Windows
- * systems files are usually replaced using the original file's disk clusters,
- * while Linux appears to overwrite with an offset which must be compensated for.
- */
-static const uint16_t* FLASHFileStartCluster = &FirmwareFileEntries[DISK_FILE_ENTRY_FLASH_MSDOS].MSDOS_File.StartingCluster;
-
-/** Starting cluster of the virtual EEPROM.BIN file on disk, tracked so that the
- * offset from the start of the data sector can be determined. On Windows
- * systems files are usually replaced using the original file's disk clusters,
- * while Linux appears to overwrite with an offset which must be compensated for.
- */
-static const uint16_t* EEPROMFileStartCluster = &FirmwareFileEntries[DISK_FILE_ENTRY_EEPROM_MSDOS].MSDOS_File.StartingCluster;
-
-/** Reads a byte of EEPROM out from the EEPROM memory space.
- *
- * \note This function is required as the avr-libc EEPROM functions do not cope
- * with linker relaxations, and a jump longer than 4K of FLASH on the
- * larger USB AVRs will break the linker. This function is marked as
- * never inlinable and placed into the normal text segment so that the
- * call to the EEPROM function will be short even if the AUX boot section
- * is used.
- *
- * \param[in] Address Address of the EEPROM location to read from
- *
- * \return Read byte of EEPROM data.
- */
-static uint8_t ReadEEPROMByte(const uint8_t* const Address)
-{
- return eeprom_read_byte(Address);
-}
-
-/** Writes a byte of EEPROM out to the EEPROM memory space.
- *
- * \note This function is required as the avr-libc EEPROM functions do not cope
- * with linker relaxations, and a jump longer than 4K of FLASH on the
- * larger USB AVRs will break the linker. This function is marked as
- * never inlinable and placed into the normal text segment so that the
- * call to the EEPROM function will be short even if the AUX boot section
- * is used.
- *
- * \param[in] Address Address of the EEPROM location to write to
- * \param[in] Data New data to write to the EEPROM location
- */
-static void WriteEEPROMByte(uint8_t* const Address,
- const uint8_t Data)
-{
- eeprom_update_byte(Address, Data);
-}
-
-/** Updates a FAT12 cluster entry in the FAT file table with the specified next
- * chain index. If the cluster is the last in the file chain, the magic value
- * \c 0xFFF should be used.
- *
- * \note FAT data cluster indexes are offset by 2, so that cluster 2 is the
- * first file data cluster on the disk. See the FAT specification.
- *
- * \param[out] FATTable Pointer to the FAT12 allocation table
- * \param[in] Index Index of the cluster entry to update
- * \param[in] ChainEntry Next cluster index in the file chain
- */
-static void UpdateFAT12ClusterEntry(uint8_t* const FATTable,
- const uint16_t Index,
- const uint16_t ChainEntry)
-{
- /* Calculate the starting offset of the cluster entry in the FAT12 table */
- uint8_t FATOffset = (Index + (Index >> 1));
- bool UpperNibble = ((Index & 1) != 0);
-
- /* Check if the start of the entry is at an upper nibble of the byte, fill
- * out FAT12 entry as required */
- if (UpperNibble)
- {
- FATTable[FATOffset] = (FATTable[FATOffset] & 0x0F) | ((ChainEntry & 0x0F) << 4);
- FATTable[FATOffset + 1] = (ChainEntry >> 4);
- }
- else
- {
- FATTable[FATOffset] = ChainEntry;
- FATTable[FATOffset + 1] = (FATTable[FATOffset] & 0xF0) | (ChainEntry >> 8);
- }
-}
-
-/** Updates a FAT12 cluster chain in the FAT file table with a linear chain of
- * the specified length.
- *
- * \note FAT data cluster indexes are offset by 2, so that cluster 2 is the
- * first file data cluster on the disk. See the FAT specification.
- *
- * \param[out] FATTable Pointer to the FAT12 allocation table
- * \param[in] Index Index of the start of the cluster chain to update
- * \param[in] ChainLength Length of the chain to write, in clusters
- */
-static void UpdateFAT12ClusterChain(uint8_t* const FATTable,
- const uint16_t Index,
- const uint8_t ChainLength)
-{
- for (uint8_t i = 0; i < ChainLength; i++)
- {
- uint16_t CurrentCluster = Index + i;
- uint16_t NextCluster = CurrentCluster + 1;
-
- /* Mark last cluster as end of file */
- if (i == (ChainLength - 1))
- NextCluster = 0xFFF;
-
- UpdateFAT12ClusterEntry(FATTable, CurrentCluster, NextCluster);
- }
-}
-
-/** Reads or writes a block of data from/to the physical device FLASH using a
- * block buffer stored in RAM, if the requested block is within the virtual
- * firmware file's sector ranges in the emulated FAT file system.
- *
- * \param[in] BlockNumber Physical disk block to read from/write to
- * \param[in,out] BlockBuffer Pointer to the start of the block buffer in RAM
- * \param[in] Read If \c true, the requested block is read, if
- * \c false, the requested block is written
- */
-static void ReadWriteFLASHFileBlock(const uint16_t BlockNumber,
- uint8_t* BlockBuffer,
- const bool Read)
-{
- uint16_t FileStartBlock = DISK_BLOCK_DataStartBlock + (*FLASHFileStartCluster - 2) * SECTOR_PER_CLUSTER;
- uint16_t FileEndBlock = FileStartBlock + (FILE_SECTORS(FLASH_FILE_SIZE_BYTES) - 1);
-
- /* Range check the write request - abort if requested block is not within the
- * virtual firmware file sector range */
- if (!((BlockNumber >= FileStartBlock) && (BlockNumber <= FileEndBlock)))
- return;
-
- #if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
- uint32_t FlashAddress = (uint32_t)(BlockNumber - FileStartBlock) * SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES;
- #else
- uint16_t FlashAddress = (uint16_t)(BlockNumber - FileStartBlock) * SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES;
- #endif
-
- if (Read)
- {
- /* Read out the mapped block of data from the device's FLASH */
- for (uint16_t i = 0; i < SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES; i++)
- {
- #if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
- BlockBuffer[i] = pgm_read_byte_far(FlashAddress++);
- #else
- BlockBuffer[i] = pgm_read_byte(FlashAddress++);
- #endif
- }
- }
- else
- {
- /* Write out the mapped block of data to the device's FLASH */
- for (uint16_t i = 0; i < SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES; i += 2)
- {
- if ((FlashAddress % SPM_PAGESIZE) == 0)
- {
- /* Erase the given FLASH page, ready to be programmed */
- BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(FlashAddress);
- }
-
- /* Write the next data word to the FLASH page */
- BootloaderAPI_FillWord(FlashAddress, (BlockBuffer[i + 1] << 8) | BlockBuffer[i]);
- FlashAddress += 2;
-
- if ((FlashAddress % SPM_PAGESIZE) == 0)
- {
- /* Write the filled FLASH page to memory */
- BootloaderAPI_WritePage(FlashAddress - SPM_PAGESIZE);
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-/** Reads or writes a block of data from/to the physical device EEPROM using a
- * block buffer stored in RAM, if the requested block is within the virtual
- * firmware file's sector ranges in the emulated FAT file system.
- *
- * \param[in] BlockNumber Physical disk block to read from/write to
- * \param[in,out] BlockBuffer Pointer to the start of the block buffer in RAM
- * \param[in] Read If \c true, the requested block is read, if
- * \c false, the requested block is written
- */
-static void ReadWriteEEPROMFileBlock(const uint16_t BlockNumber,
- uint8_t* BlockBuffer,
- const bool Read)
-{
- uint16_t FileStartBlock = DISK_BLOCK_DataStartBlock + (*EEPROMFileStartCluster - 2) * SECTOR_PER_CLUSTER;
- uint16_t FileEndBlock = FileStartBlock + (FILE_SECTORS(EEPROM_FILE_SIZE_BYTES) - 1);
-
- /* Range check the write request - abort if requested block is not within the
- * virtual firmware file sector range */
- if (!((BlockNumber >= FileStartBlock) && (BlockNumber <= FileEndBlock)))
- return;
-
- uint16_t EEPROMAddress = (uint16_t)(BlockNumber - FileStartBlock) * SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES;
-
- if (Read)
- {
- /* Read out the mapped block of data from the device's EEPROM */
- for (uint16_t i = 0; i < SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES; i++)
- BlockBuffer[i] = ReadEEPROMByte((uint8_t*)EEPROMAddress++);
- }
- else
- {
- /* Write out the mapped block of data to the device's EEPROM */
- for (uint16_t i = 0; i < SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES; i++)
- WriteEEPROMByte((uint8_t*)EEPROMAddress++, BlockBuffer[i]);
- }
-}
-
-/** Writes a block of data to the virtual FAT filesystem, from the USB Mass
- * Storage interface.
- *
- * \param[in] BlockNumber Index of the block to write.
- */
-void VirtualFAT_WriteBlock(const uint16_t BlockNumber)
-{
- uint8_t BlockBuffer[SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES];
-
- /* Buffer the entire block to be written from the host */
- Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(BlockBuffer, sizeof(BlockBuffer), NULL);
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
- switch (BlockNumber)
- {
- case DISK_BLOCK_BootBlock:
- case DISK_BLOCK_FATBlock1:
- case DISK_BLOCK_FATBlock2:
- /* Ignore writes to the boot and FAT blocks */
-
- break;
-
- case DISK_BLOCK_RootFilesBlock:
- /* Copy over the updated directory entries */
- memcpy(FirmwareFileEntries, BlockBuffer, sizeof(FirmwareFileEntries));
-
- break;
-
- default:
- ReadWriteFLASHFileBlock(BlockNumber, BlockBuffer, false);
- ReadWriteEEPROMFileBlock(BlockNumber, BlockBuffer, false);
-
- break;
- }
-}
-
-/** Reads a block of data from the virtual FAT filesystem, and sends it to the
- * host via the USB Mass Storage interface.
- *
- * \param[in] BlockNumber Index of the block to read.
- */
-void VirtualFAT_ReadBlock(const uint16_t BlockNumber)
-{
- uint8_t BlockBuffer[SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES];
- memset(BlockBuffer, 0x00, sizeof(BlockBuffer));
-
- switch (BlockNumber)
- {
- case DISK_BLOCK_BootBlock:
- memcpy(BlockBuffer, &BootBlock, sizeof(FATBootBlock_t));
-
- /* Add the magic signature to the end of the block */
- BlockBuffer[SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES - 2] = 0x55;
- BlockBuffer[SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES - 1] = 0xAA;
-
- break;
-
- case DISK_BLOCK_FATBlock1:
- case DISK_BLOCK_FATBlock2:
- /* Cluster 0: Media type/Reserved */
- UpdateFAT12ClusterEntry(BlockBuffer, 0, 0xF00 | BootBlock.MediaDescriptor);
-
- /* Cluster 1: Reserved */
- UpdateFAT12ClusterEntry(BlockBuffer, 1, 0xFFF);
-
- /* Cluster 2 onwards: Cluster chain of FLASH.BIN */
- UpdateFAT12ClusterChain(BlockBuffer, *FLASHFileStartCluster, FILE_CLUSTERS(FLASH_FILE_SIZE_BYTES));
-
- /* Cluster 2+n onwards: Cluster chain of EEPROM.BIN */
- UpdateFAT12ClusterChain(BlockBuffer, *EEPROMFileStartCluster, FILE_CLUSTERS(EEPROM_FILE_SIZE_BYTES));
-
- break;
-
- case DISK_BLOCK_RootFilesBlock:
- memcpy(BlockBuffer, FirmwareFileEntries, sizeof(FirmwareFileEntries));
-
- break;
-
- default:
- ReadWriteFLASHFileBlock(BlockNumber, BlockBuffer, true);
- ReadWriteEEPROMFileBlock(BlockNumber, BlockBuffer, true);
-
- break;
- }
-
- /* Write the entire read block Buffer to the host */
- Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(BlockBuffer, sizeof(BlockBuffer), NULL);
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/VirtualFAT.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/VirtualFAT.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ea80eae4d6..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/VirtualFAT.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,302 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#ifndef _VIRTUALFAT_H_
-#define _VIRTUALFAT_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
- #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
-
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
-
- #include "../BootloaderAPI.h"
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** Size of the virtual FLASH.BIN file in bytes. */
- #define FLASH_FILE_SIZE_BYTES (FLASHEND - (FLASHEND - BOOT_START_ADDR) - AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE)
-
- /** Size of the virtual EEPROM.BIN file in bytes. */
- #define EEPROM_FILE_SIZE_BYTES E2END
-
- /** Number of sectors that comprise a single logical disk cluster. */
- #define SECTOR_PER_CLUSTER 4
-
- /** Size of a single logical sector on the disk. */
- #define SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES 512
-
- /** Size of a logical cluster on the disk, in bytes */
- #define CLUSTER_SIZE_BYTES (SECTOR_PER_CLUSTER * SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES)
-
- /** Number of sectors required to store a given size in bytes.
- *
- * \param[in] size Size of the data that needs to be stored
- *
- * \return Number of sectors required to store the given data on the disk.
- */
- #define FILE_SECTORS(size) ((size / SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES) + ((size % SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES) ? 1 : 0))
-
- /** Number of clusters required to store a given size in bytes.
- *
- * \param[in] size Size of the data that needs to be stored
- *
- * \return Number of clusters required to store the given data on the disk.
- */
- #define FILE_CLUSTERS(size) ((size / CLUSTER_SIZE_BYTES) + ((size % CLUSTER_SIZE_BYTES) ? 1 : 0))
-
- /** Total number of logical sectors/blocks on the disk. */
- #define LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS (FILE_SECTORS(FLASH_FILE_SIZE_BYTES) + FILE_SECTORS(EEPROM_FILE_SIZE_BYTES) + 32)
-
- /** Converts a given time in HH:MM:SS format to a FAT filesystem time.
- *
- * \note The minimum seconds resolution of FAT is 2, thus odd seconds
- * will be truncated to the previous integer multiple of 2 seconds.
- *
- * \param[in] hh Hours (0-23)
- * \param[in] mm Minutes (0-59)
- * \param[in] ss Seconds (0-59)
- *
- * \return Given time encoded as a FAT filesystem timestamp
- */
- #define FAT_TIME(hh, mm, ss) ((hh << 11) | (mm << 5) | (ss >> 1))
-
- /** Converts a given date in DD/MM/YYYY format to a FAT filesystem date.
- *
- * \param[in] dd Days in the month (1-31)
- * \param[in] mm Months in the year (1-12)
- * \param[in] yyyy Year (1980 - 2107)
- *
- * \return Given date encoded as a FAT filesystem datestamp
- */
- #define FAT_DATE(dd, mm, yyyy) (((yyyy - 1980) << 9) | (mm << 5) | (dd << 0))
-
- /** Bit-rotates a given 8-bit value once to the right.
- *
- * \param[in] x Value to rotate right once
- *
- * \return Bit-rotated input value, rotated once to the right.
- */
- #define ROT8(x) ((((x) & 0xFE) >> 1) | (((x) & 1) ? 0x80 : 0x00))
-
- /** Computes the LFN entry checksum of a MSDOS 8.3 format file entry,
- * to associate a LFN entry with its short file entry.
- *
- * \param[in] n0 MSDOS Filename character 1
- * \param[in] n1 MSDOS Filename character 2
- * \param[in] n2 MSDOS Filename character 3
- * \param[in] n3 MSDOS Filename character 4
- * \param[in] n4 MSDOS Filename character 5
- * \param[in] n5 MSDOS Filename character 6
- * \param[in] n6 MSDOS Filename character 7
- * \param[in] n7 MSDOS Filename character 8
- * \param[in] e0 MSDOS Extension character 1
- * \param[in] e1 MSDOS Extension character 2
- * \param[in] e2 MSDOS Extension character 3
- *
- * \return LFN checksum of the given MSDOS 8.3 filename.
- */
- #define FAT_CHECKSUM(n0, n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n7, e0, e1, e2) \
- (uint8_t)(ROT8(ROT8(ROT8(ROT8(ROT8(ROT8(ROT8(ROT8(ROT8(ROT8(n0)+n1)+n2)+n3)+n4)+n5)+n6)+n7)+e0)+e1)+e2)
-
- /** \name FAT Filesystem Flags */
- //@{
- /** FAT attribute flag to indicate a read-only file. */
- #define FAT_FLAG_READONLY (1 << 0)
-
- /** FAT attribute flag to indicate a hidden file. */
- #define FAT_FLAG_HIDDEN (1 << 1)
-
- /** FAT attribute flag to indicate a system file. */
- #define FAT_FLAG_SYSTEM (1 << 2)
-
- /** FAT attribute flag to indicate a Volume name entry. */
- #define FAT_FLAG_VOLUME_NAME (1 << 3)
-
- /** FAT attribute flag to indicate a directory entry. */
- #define FAT_FLAG_DIRECTORY (1 << 4)
-
- /** FAT attribute flag to indicate a file ready for archiving. */
- #define FAT_FLAG_ARCHIVE (1 << 5)
-
- /** FAT pseudo-attribute flag to indicate a Long File Name entry. */
- #define FAT_FLAG_LONG_FILE_NAME 0x0F
-
- /** Ordinal flag marker for FAT Long File Name entries to mark the last entry. */
- #define FAT_ORDINAL_LAST_ENTRY (1 << 6)
- //@}
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the Root FAT file entry indexes on the disk. This can be used
- * to retrieve the current contents of a known directory entry.
- */
- enum
- {
- /** Volume ID directory entry, giving the name of the virtual disk. */
- DISK_FILE_ENTRY_VolumeID = 0,
- /** Long File Name FAT file entry of the virtual FLASH.BIN image file. */
- DISK_FILE_ENTRY_FLASH_LFN = 1,
- /** Legacy MSDOS FAT file entry of the virtual FLASH.BIN image file. */
- DISK_FILE_ENTRY_FLASH_MSDOS = 2,
- /** Long File Name FAT file entry of the virtual EEPROM.BIN image file. */
- DISK_FILE_ENTRY_EEPROM_LFN = 3,
- /** Legacy MSDOS FAT file entry of the virtual EEPROM.BIN image file. */
- DISK_FILE_ENTRY_EEPROM_MSDOS = 4,
- };
-
- /** Enum for the physical disk blocks of the virtual disk. */
- enum
- {
- /** Boot sector disk block. */
- DISK_BLOCK_BootBlock = 0,
- /** First copy of the FAT table block. */
- DISK_BLOCK_FATBlock1 = 1,
- /** Second copy of the FAT table block. */
- DISK_BLOCK_FATBlock2 = 2,
- /** Root file and directory entries block. */
- DISK_BLOCK_RootFilesBlock = 3,
- /** Start block of the disk data section. */
- DISK_BLOCK_DataStartBlock = 4,
- };
-
- /* Type Definitions: */
- /** FAT boot block structure definition, used to identify the core
- * parameters of a FAT file system stored on a disk.
- *
- * \note This definition is truncated to save space; the magic signature
- * \c 0xAA55 must be appended to the very end of the block for it
- * to be detected by the host as a valid boot block.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t Bootstrap[3];
- uint8_t Description[8];
- uint16_t SectorSize;
- uint8_t SectorsPerCluster;
- uint16_t ReservedSectors;
- uint8_t FATCopies;
- uint16_t RootDirectoryEntries;
- uint16_t TotalSectors16;
- uint8_t MediaDescriptor;
- uint16_t SectorsPerFAT;
- uint16_t SectorsPerTrack;
- uint16_t Heads;
- uint32_t HiddenSectors;
- uint32_t TotalSectors32;
- uint16_t PhysicalDriveNum;
- uint8_t ExtendedBootRecordSig;
- uint32_t VolumeSerialNumber;
- uint8_t VolumeLabel[11];
- uint8_t FilesystemIdentifier[8];
- /* uint8_t BootstrapProgram[448]; */
- /* uint16_t MagicSignature; */
- } FATBootBlock_t;
-
- /** FAT directory entry structure, for the various kinds of File and
- * directory descriptors on a FAT disk.
- */
- typedef union
- {
- /** VFAT Long File Name file entry. */
- struct
- {
- uint8_t Ordinal;
- uint16_t Unicode1;
- uint16_t Unicode2;
- uint16_t Unicode3;
- uint16_t Unicode4;
- uint16_t Unicode5;
- uint8_t Attribute;
- uint8_t Reserved1;
- uint8_t Checksum;
- uint16_t Unicode6;
- uint16_t Unicode7;
- uint16_t Unicode8;
- uint16_t Unicode9;
- uint16_t Unicode10;
- uint16_t Unicode11;
- uint16_t Reserved2;
- uint16_t Unicode12;
- uint16_t Unicode13;
- } VFAT_LongFileName;
-
- /** Legacy FAT MSDOS 8.3 file entry. */
- struct
- {
- uint8_t Filename[8];
- uint8_t Extension[3];
- uint8_t Attributes;
- uint8_t Reserved[10];
- uint16_t CreationTime;
- uint16_t CreationDate;
- uint16_t StartingCluster;
- uint32_t FileSizeBytes;
- } MSDOS_File;
-
- /** Legacy FAT MSDOS (sub-)directory entry. */
- struct
- {
- uint8_t Name[11];
- uint8_t Attributes;
- uint8_t Reserved[10];
- uint16_t CreationTime;
- uint16_t CreationDate;
- uint16_t StartingCluster;
- uint32_t Reserved2;
- } MSDOS_Directory;
- } FATDirectoryEntry_t;
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_VIRTUAL_FAT_C)
- static uint8_t ReadEEPROMByte(const uint8_t* const Address) ATTR_NO_INLINE;
-
- static void WriteEEPROMByte(uint8_t* const Address,
- const uint8_t Data) ATTR_NO_INLINE;
-
- static void UpdateFAT12ClusterEntry(uint8_t* const FATTable,
- const uint16_t Index,
- const uint16_t ChainEntry) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
-
- static void UpdateFAT12ClusterChain(uint8_t* const FATTable,
- const uint16_t StartIndex,
- const uint8_t ChainLength) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
-
- static void ReadWriteFLASHFileBlock(const uint16_t BlockNumber,
- uint8_t* BlockBuffer,
- const bool Read) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
-
- static void ReadWriteEEPROMFileBlock(const uint16_t BlockNumber,
- uint8_t* BlockBuffer,
- const bool Read) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
- #endif
-
- void VirtualFAT_WriteBlock(const uint16_t BlockNumber) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
- void VirtualFAT_ReadBlock(const uint16_t BlockNumber) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
-
-#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/asf.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 700ffa26ff..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/asf.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,156 +0,0 @@
-<asf xmlversion="1.0">
- <project caption="Mass Storage Bootloader - 128KB FLASH / 8KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.mass_storage.avr8.128_8" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_ms_128kb_8kb_">
- <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.mass_storage"/>
- <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
- <generator value="as5_8"/>
-
- <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
- <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
-
- <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
- <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x1E000"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x1E000"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE" value="0"/>
-
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x1FFA0"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x1FFE0"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x1FFF8"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
- </project>
-
- <project caption="Mass Storage Bootloader - 64KB FLASH / 8KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.mass_storage.avr8.64_8" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_ms_64kb_8kb_">
- <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.mass_storage"/>
- <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
- <generator value="as5_8"/>
-
- <device-support value="at90usb647"/>
- <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
-
- <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
- <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0xE000"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0xE000"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE" value="0"/>
-
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0xFFA0"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0xFFE0"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0xFFF8"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
- </project>
-
- <project caption="Mass Storage Bootloader - 32KB FLASH / 4KB Boot (2KB AUX) - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.mass_storage.avr8.32_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_ms_32kb_4kb_">
- <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.mass_storage"/>
- <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
- <generator value="as5_8"/>
-
- <device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
- <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
-
- <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
- <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x7000"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x7000"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE" value="2048"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.boot_aux=0x6810"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.boot_aux_trampoline=0x6800"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=Boot_AUX_Trampoline"/>
-
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x7FA0"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x7FE0"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x7FF8"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
- </project>
-
- <project caption="Mass Storage Bootloader - 16KB FLASH / 4KB Boot (2KB AUX) - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.mass_storage.avr8.16_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_ms_16kb_4kb_">
- <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.mass_storage"/>
- <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
- <generator value="as5_8"/>
-
- <device-support value="atmega16u2"/>
- <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
-
- <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
- <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x3000"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x3000"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE" value="2048"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.boot_aux=0x2810"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.boot_aux_trampoline=0x2800"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=Boot_AUX_Trampoline"/>
-
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x3FA0"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x3FE0"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x3FF8"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
- </project>
-
- <module type="application" id="lufa.bootloaders.mass_storage" caption="Mass Storage Bootloader">
- <info type="description" value="summary">
- Mass Storage Class Bootloader, capable of reprogramming a device via binary BIN files copied to the virtual FAT12 file-system it creates when plugged into a host.
- </info>
-
- <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
-
- <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
- <keyword value="Bootloaders"/>
- <keyword value="USB Device"/>
- </info>
-
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
- <build type="include-path" value="."/>
- <build type="c-source" value="BootloaderMassStorage.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="BootloaderMassStorage.h"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="BootloaderAPI.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="BootloaderAPI.h"/>
- <build type="asm-source" value="BootloaderAPITable.S"/>
-
- <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
-
- <build type="include-path" value="Lib"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/VirtualFAT.h"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Lib/VirtualFAT.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/SCSI.h"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Lib/SCSI.c"/>
-
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="BootloaderMassStorage.txt"/>
-
- <require idref="lufa.common"/>
- <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
- </module>
-</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/doxyfile
deleted file mode 100644
index 795c6e81ad..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/doxyfile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2396 +0,0 @@
-# Doxyfile 1.8.9
-
-# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
-# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
-#
-# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
-# front of the TAG it is preceding.
-#
-# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
-# The format is:
-# TAG = value [value, ...]
-# For lists, items can also be appended using:
-# TAG += value [value, ...]
-# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Project related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
-# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
-# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
-# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
-# for the list of possible encodings.
-# The default value is: UTF-8.
-
-DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
-
-# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
-# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
-# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
-# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
-# The default value is: My Project.
-
-PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Mass Storage Class Bootloader"
-
-# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
-# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
-# control system is used.
-
-PROJECT_NUMBER =
-
-# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
-# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
-# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
-
-PROJECT_BRIEF =
-
-# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
-# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
-# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
-# the logo to the output directory.
-
-PROJECT_LOGO =
-
-# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
-# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
-# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
-# left blank the current directory will be used.
-
-OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
-
-# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
-# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
-# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
-# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
-# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
-# performance problems for the file system.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
-
-# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
-# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
-# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
-# U+3044.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
-
-# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
-# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
-# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
-# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
-# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
-# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
-# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
-# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
-# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
-# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
-# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
-# The default value is: English.
-
-OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
-
-# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
-# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
-# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
-
-# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
-# description of a member or function before the detailed description
-#
-# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
-# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
-
-# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
-# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
-# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
-# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
-# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
-# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
-# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
-# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
-
-ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
- "The $name widget" \
- "The $name file" \
- is \
- provides \
- specifies \
- contains \
- represents \
- a \
- an \
- the
-
-# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
-# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
-# description.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
-# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
-# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
-# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
-
-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
-# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
-# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
-
-# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
-# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
-# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
-# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
-# strip.
-#
-# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
-# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
-# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
-
-STRIP_FROM_PATH =
-
-# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
-# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
-# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
-# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
-# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
-# using the -I flag.
-
-STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
-
-# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
-# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
-# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SHORT_NAMES = YES
-
-# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
-# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
-# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
-# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
-# description.)
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
-
-# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
-# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
-# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
-# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
-
-# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
-# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
-# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
-# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
-# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
-#
-# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
-# not recognized any more.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
-
-# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
-# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-INHERIT_DOCS = YES
-
-# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
-# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
-# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
-
-# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
-# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
-# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
-
-TAB_SIZE = 4
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
-# the documentation. An alias has the form:
-# name=value
-# For example adding
-# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
-# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
-# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
-# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
-# newlines.
-
-ALIASES =
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
-# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
-# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
-
-TCL_SUBST =
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
-# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
-# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
-# members will be omitted, etc.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
-# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
-# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
-# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
-
-# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
-# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
-# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
-# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
-# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
-# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
-# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
-# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
-# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
-# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
-# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
-#
-# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
-#
-# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
-# the files are not read by doxygen.
-
-EXTENSION_MAPPING =
-
-# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
-# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
-# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
-# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
-# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
-# case of backward compatibilities issues.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
-# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
-# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
-# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
-
-# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
-# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
-# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
-# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
-# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
-# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
-# enable parsing support.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
-# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
-# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
-# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SIP_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
-# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
-# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
-# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
-# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
-# should set this option to NO.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
-
-# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
-# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
-# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
-# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
-
-# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
-# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
-# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
-# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
-# \nosubgrouping command.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SUBGROUPING = YES
-
-# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
-# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
-# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
-# and RTF).
-#
-# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
-# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
-
-# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
-# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
-# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
-# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
-# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
-# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
-
-# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
-# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
-# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
-# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
-# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
-# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
-# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
-
-# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
-# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
-# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
-# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
-# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
-# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
-# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
-# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
-# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
-
-LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Build related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
-# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
-# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
-# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
-# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
-# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_ALL = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
-# be included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
-# scope will be included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
-
-# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
-# included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
-# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
-# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
-# for Java sources.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
-
-# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
-# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
-# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
-# included.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
-
-# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
-# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
-# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
-# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
-# are hidden.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
-# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
-# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
-# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
-# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
-# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
-# included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
-# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
-# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
-
-# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
-# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
-# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
-
-# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
-# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
-# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
-# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
-# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
-# The default value is: system dependent.
-
-CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
-# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
-# scope will be hidden.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
-# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
-# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
-
-# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
-# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
-
-# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
-# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
-# which file to include in order to use the member.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
-
-# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
-# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
-# documentation for inline members.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-INLINE_INFO = YES
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
-# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
-
-# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
-# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
-# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
-# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
-# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
-# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
-# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
-# member documentation.
-# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
-# detailed member documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
-
-# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
-# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
-# appear in their defined order.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
-# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
-# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
-# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
-# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
-# list.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
-
-# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
-# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
-# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
-# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
-# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
-# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
-# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
-# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
-# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
-# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
-# the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
-
-# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
-# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
-# ... \endcond blocks.
-
-ENABLED_SECTIONS =
-
-# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
-# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
-# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
-# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
-# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
-# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
-# documentation regardless of this setting.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
-
-MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
-
-# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
-# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
-# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
-# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
-# (if specified).
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_FILES = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
-# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
-# Folder Tree View (if specified).
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
-
-# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
-# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
-# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
-# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
-# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
-# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
-# version. For an example see the documentation.
-
-FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
-
-# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
-# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
-# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
-# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
-# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
-# will be used as the name of the layout file.
-#
-# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
-# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
-# tag is left empty.
-
-LAYOUT_FILE =
-
-# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
-# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
-# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
-# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
-# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
-# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
-# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
-
-CITE_BIB_FILES =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
-# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
-# messages are off.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-QUIET = YES
-
-# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
-# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
-# this implies that the warnings are on.
-#
-# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-WARNINGS = YES
-
-# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
-# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
-# will automatically be disabled.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
-
-# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
-# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
-# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
-# markup commands wrongly.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
-
-# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
-# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
-# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
-# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
-
-# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
-# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
-# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
-# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
-# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
-# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
-# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
-
-WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
-
-# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
-# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
-# error (stderr).
-
-WARN_LOGFILE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the input files
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
-# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
-# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
-# spaces.
-# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
-
-INPUT = ./
-
-# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
-# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
-# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
-# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
-# possible encodings.
-# The default value is: UTF-8.
-
-INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
-# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
-# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
-# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
-# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
-# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
-# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
-
-FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
- *.c \
- *.txt
-
-# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
-# be searched for input files as well.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-RECURSIVE = YES
-
-# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
-# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
-# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
-#
-# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
-# run.
-
-EXCLUDE = Documentation/
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
-# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
-# from the input.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
-# certain files from those directories.
-#
-# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
-# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
-
-EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
-# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
-# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
-# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
-# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
-#
-# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
-# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
- INCLUDE_FROM_*
-
-# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
-# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
-# command).
-
-EXAMPLE_PATH =
-
-# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
-# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
-# files are included.
-
-EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
-
-# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
-# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
-# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
-
-# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
-# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
-# \image command).
-
-IMAGE_PATH =
-
-# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
-# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
-# by executing (via popen()) the command:
-#
-# <filter> <input-file>
-#
-# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
-# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
-# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
-# will be ignored.
-#
-# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
-# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
-# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
-
-INPUT_FILTER =
-
-# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
-# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
-# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
-# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
-# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
-# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
-
-FILTER_PATTERNS =
-
-# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
-# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
-# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
-
-# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
-# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
-# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
-# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
-# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
-
-# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
-# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
-# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
-# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
-
-USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to source browsing
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
-# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
-#
-# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
-# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
-
-# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
-# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_SOURCES = NO
-
-# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
-# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
-# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
-
-# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
-# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
-# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
-# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
-# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
-# link to the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
-
-# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
-# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
-# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
-# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
-# can opt to disable this feature.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
-
-SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
-
-# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
-# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
-# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
-# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
-# 4.8.6 or higher.
-#
-# To use it do the following:
-# - Install the latest version of global
-# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
-# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
-# - Run doxygen as normal
-#
-# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
-# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
-#
-# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
-# source code will now point to the output of htags.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
-
-USE_HTAGS = NO
-
-# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
-# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
-# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
-# See also: Section \class.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
-
-# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
-# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
-# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
-# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
-# information.
-# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
-# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
-
-# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
-# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
-# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
-# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
-# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
-
-CLANG_OPTIONS =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
-# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
-# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
-
-# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
-# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
-# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
-# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
-
-COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
-
-# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
-# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
-# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
-# while generating the index headers.
-# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
-
-IGNORE_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the HTML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_HTML = YES
-
-# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: html.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_OUTPUT = html
-
-# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
-# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
-# The default value is: .html.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
-
-# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
-# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard header.
-#
-# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
-# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
-# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
-# default header using
-# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
-# YourConfigFile
-# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
-# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
-# uses.
-# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
-# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
-# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_HEADER =
-
-# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
-# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
-# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
-# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
-# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
-# that doxygen normally uses.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_FOOTER =
-
-# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
-# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
-# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
-# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
-# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
-# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
-# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
-# obsolete.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_STYLESHEET =
-
-# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
-# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
-# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
-# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
-# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
-# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
-# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
-# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
-# list). For an example see the documentation.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
-
-# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
-# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
-# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
-# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
-# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
-# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
-# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
-# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
-# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
-# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
-# purple, and 360 is red again.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
-# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
-# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
-# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
-# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
-# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
-# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
-# change the gamma.
-# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
-
-# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
-# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
-# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
-
-# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
-# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
-# page has loaded.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
-
-# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
-# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
-# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
-# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
-# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
-# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
-# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
-# tree by default.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
-
-# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
-# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
-# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
-# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
-# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
-# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
-# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
-# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
-# for more information.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
-
-# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
-# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
-# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
-# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
-
-# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
-# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
-# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
-# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
-# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
-
-# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
-# The default value is: Publisher.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
-# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
-# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
-# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
-# Windows.
-#
-# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
-# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
-# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
-# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
-# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
-# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
-# compressed HTML files.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
-
-# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
-# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
-# written to the html output directory.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-CHM_FILE =
-
-# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
-# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
-# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
-# The file has to be specified with full path.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-HHC_LOCATION =
-
-# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
-# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_CHI = NO
-
-# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
-# and project file content.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
-
-# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
-# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
-# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-BINARY_TOC = NO
-
-# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
-# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-TOC_EXPAND = YES
-
-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
-# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
-# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
-# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_QHP = NO
-
-# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
-# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
-# the HTML output folder.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QCH_FILE =
-
-# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
-# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
-# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
-# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
-# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
-# folders).
-# The default value is: doc.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
-
-# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
-# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
-# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
-# filters).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
-
-# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
-# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
-# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
-# filters).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
-
-# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
-# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
-# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
-
-# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
-# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
-# generated .qhp file.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHG_LOCATION =
-
-# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
-# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
-# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
-# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
-# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
-# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
-# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
-
-# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
-# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
-# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
-
-ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
-# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
-# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
-# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
-# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
-# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-DISABLE_INDEX = YES
-
-# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
-# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
-# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
-# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
-# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
-# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
-# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
-# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
-# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
-# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
-# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
-# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
-
-# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
-# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
-#
-# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
-# in the overview section.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
-
-# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
-# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
-
-# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
-# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
-
-# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
-# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
-# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
-# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
-# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
-
-# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
-# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
-# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
-#
-# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
-# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
-
-# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
-# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
-# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
-# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
-# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
-# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-USE_MATHJAX = NO
-
-# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
-# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
-# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
-# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
-# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
-# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
-
-# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
-# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
-# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
-# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
-# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
-# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
-# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
-# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
-# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
-
-# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
-# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
-# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
-
-# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
-# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
-# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
-# example see the documentation.
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
-
-# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
-# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
-# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
-# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
-# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
-# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
-# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
-# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
-# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
-# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
-# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
-# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
-# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
-# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
-# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
-# option.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-SEARCHENGINE = NO
-
-# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
-# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
-# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
-# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
-# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
-# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
-# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
-
-# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
-# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
-# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
-# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
-# search results.
-#
-# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
-# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
-# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
-#
-# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
-
-# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
-# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
-#
-# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
-# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
-# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
-# Searching" for details.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-SEARCHENGINE_URL =
-
-# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
-# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
-# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
-# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
-
-# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
-# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
-# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
-# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
-
-# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
-# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
-# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
-# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
-# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
-# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_LATEX = NO
-
-# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: latex.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
-
-# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
-# invoked.
-#
-# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
-# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
-# written to the output directory.
-# The default file is: latex.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
-
-# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
-# index for LaTeX.
-# The default file is: makeindex.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
-
-# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
-# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
-# trees in general.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-COMPACT_LATEX = NO
-
-# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
-# printer.
-# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
-# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
-# The default value is: a4.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
-
-# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
-# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
-# instance you can specify
-# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
-# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-EXTRA_PACKAGES =
-
-# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
-# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
-# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
-# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
-# default header to a separate file.
-#
-# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
-# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
-# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
-# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
-# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
-# to HTML_HEADER.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_HEADER =
-
-# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
-# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
-# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
-# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
-# special commands can be used inside the footer.
-#
-# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_FOOTER =
-
-# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
-# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
-# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
-# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
-# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
-# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
-# list).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
-
-# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
-# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
-# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
-# markers available.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
-
-# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
-# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
-# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
-
-# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
-# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
-# higher quality PDF documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-USE_PDFLATEX = YES
-
-# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
-# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
-# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
-# when generating formulas in HTML.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
-
-# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
-# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
-
-# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
-# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
-#
-# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
-# SOURCE_BROWSER.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
-
-# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
-# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
-# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
-# The default value is: plain.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the RTF output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
-# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
-# readers/editors.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_RTF = NO
-
-# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: rtf.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
-
-# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
-# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
-# trees in general.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-COMPACT_RTF = NO
-
-# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
-# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
-# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
-# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
-# fields.
-#
-# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
-
-# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
-# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
-# missing definitions are set to their default value.
-#
-# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
-# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
-
-# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
-# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
-# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
-
-# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
-# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
-#
-# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
-# SOURCE_BROWSER.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the man page output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
-# classes and files.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_MAN = NO
-
-# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
-# MAN_OUTPUT.
-# The default directory is: man.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_OUTPUT = man
-
-# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
-# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
-# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
-# optional.
-# The default value is: .3.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_EXTENSION = .3
-
-# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
-# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
-# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_SUBDIR =
-
-# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
-# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
-# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
-# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_LINKS = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the XML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
-# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_XML = NO
-
-# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: xml.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
-
-XML_OUTPUT = xml
-
-# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
-# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
-# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
-# of the XML output.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
-
-XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
-# that can be used to generate PDF.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
-
-# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
-# front of it.
-# The default directory is: docbook.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
-
-DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
-
-# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
-# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
-# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
-# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
-
-DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
-# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
-# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
-# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
-# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
-#
-# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
-# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
-# output from the Perl module output.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
-
-PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
-# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
-# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
-# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
-# just the same.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
-
-PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
-
-# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
-# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
-# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
-# overwrite each other's variables.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
-
-PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
-# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
-# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
-# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
-# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
-
-# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
-# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
-# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
-
-# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
-# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
-
-# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
-# preprocessor.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDE_PATH =
-
-# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
-# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
-# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
-# used.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
-
-# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
-# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
-# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
-# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
-# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
-# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
- PROGMEM \
- ATTR_NO_INIT
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
-# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
-# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
-# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
-# definition found in the source code.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
-
-# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
-# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
-# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
-# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
-# removed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to external references
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
-# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
-# a tag file without this location is as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
-# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
-# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
-# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
-# of tag files.
-# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
-# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
-# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
-
-TAGFILES =
-
-# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
-# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
-# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
-
-GENERATE_TAGFILE =
-
-# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
-# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
-# listed.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-ALLEXTERNALS = NO
-
-# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
-# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
-# listed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
-
-# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
-# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
-# be listed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
-
-# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
-# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
-# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
-
-PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the dot tool
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
-# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
-# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
-# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
-# powerful graphs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
-
-# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
-# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
-# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
-# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
-# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
-# default search path.
-
-MSCGEN_PATH =
-
-# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
-# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
-# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
-# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
-
-DIA_PATH =
-
-# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
-# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
-
-# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
-# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
-# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
-# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
-# set to NO
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HAVE_DOT = NO
-
-# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
-# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
-# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
-# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
-# speed.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
-
-# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
-# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
-# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
-# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
-# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
-# The default value is: Helvetica.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_FONTNAME =
-
-# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
-# dot graphs.
-# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
-
-# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
-# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
-# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_FONTPATH =
-
-# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
-# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
-# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-CLASS_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
-# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
-# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
-# class with other documented classes.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
-# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
-# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
-# Language.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-UML_LOOK = NO
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
-# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
-# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
-# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
-# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
-# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
-# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
-# 10.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
-
-# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
-# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
-# instances.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
-
-# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
-# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
-# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
-# files.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
-# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
-# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
-# files.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
-# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
-#
-# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
-# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
-# functions only using the \callgraph command.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-CALL_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
-# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
-#
-# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
-# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
-# functions only using the \callergraph command.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-CALLER_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
-# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
-
-# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
-# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
-# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
-# files in the directories.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
-
-# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
-# generated by dot.
-# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
-# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
-# requirement).
-# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
-# The default value is: png.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
-
-# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
-# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
-#
-# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
-# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
-# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
-# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
-
-# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
-# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_PATH =
-
-# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
-# command).
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOTFILE_DIRS =
-
-# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
-# command).
-
-MSCFILE_DIRS =
-
-# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
-# command).
-
-DIAFILE_DIRS =
-
-# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
-# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
-# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
-# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
-# will not generate output for the diagram.
-
-PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
-
-# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
-# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
-
-PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
-
-# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
-# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
-# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
-# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
-# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
-# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
-
-# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
-# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
-# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
-# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
-# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
-# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
-
-# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
-# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
-# to support this out of the box.
-#
-# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
-# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
-# read).
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
-
-# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
-# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
-# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
-# this, this feature is disabled by default.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
-# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
-# graphs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
-
-# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
-# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/makefile b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index f3948e754f..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-#
-# LUFA Library
-# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-#
-# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-# www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-# --------------------------------------
-# LUFA Project Makefile.
-# --------------------------------------
-
-# Run "make help" for target help.
-
-MCU = at90usb1287
-ARCH = AVR8
-BOARD = USBKEY
-F_CPU = 8000000
-F_USB = $(F_CPU)
-OPTIMIZATION = s
-TARGET = BootloaderMassStorage
-SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c BootloaderAPI.c BootloaderAPITable.S Lib/SCSI.c Lib/VirtualFAT.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
-LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
-CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ -DBOOT_START_ADDR=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET)
-LD_FLAGS = -Wl,--section-start=.text=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET) $(BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS)
-
-# Flash size and bootloader section sizes of the target, in KB. These must
-# match the target's total FLASH size and the bootloader size set in the
-# device's fuses.
-FLASH_SIZE_KB = 128
-BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB = 8
-
-# Bootloader address calculation formulas
-# Do not modify these macros, but rather modify the dependent values above.
-CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX = $(shell printf "0x%X" $$(( $(1) )) )
-BOOT_START_OFFSET = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) - $(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB)) * 1024 )
-BOOT_SEC_OFFSET = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) * 1024) - ($(strip $(1))) )
-
-# Bootloader linker section flags for relocating the API table sections to
-# known FLASH addresses - these should not normally be user-edited.
-BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG = -Wl,--section-start=$(strip $(1))=$(call BOOT_SEC_OFFSET, $(3)) -Wl,--undefined=$(strip $(2))
-BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS = $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_trampolines, BootloaderAPI_Trampolines, 96)
-BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_jumptable, BootloaderAPI_JumpTable, 32)
-BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_signatures, BootloaderAPI_Signatures, 8)
-
-# Check if the bootloader needs an AUX section, located before the real bootloader section to store some of the
-# bootloader code. This is required for 32KB and smaller devices, where the actual bootloader is 6KB but the maximum
-# bootloader section size is 4KB. The actual usable application space will be reduced by 6KB for these devices.
-ifeq ($(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB),8)
- CC_FLAGS += -DAUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE=0
-else
- AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB = (6 - $(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB))
-
- CC_FLAGS += -DAUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE='($(AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB) * 1024)'
- LD_FLAGS += -Wl,--section-start=.boot_aux=$(call BOOT_SEC_OFFSET, (($(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB) + $(AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB)) * 1024 - 16))
- LD_FLAGS += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .boot_aux_trampoline, Boot_AUX_Trampoline, ($(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB) + $(AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB)) * 1024)
-endif
-
-# Default target
-all:
-
-# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
-DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
-include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
-include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
-
-# Include common DMBS build system modules
-DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPI.c b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPI.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 2be1568082..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPI.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Bootloader user application API functions.
- */
-
-#include "BootloaderAPI.h"
-
-void BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address)
-{
- boot_page_erase_safe(Address);
- boot_spm_busy_wait();
- boot_rww_enable();
-}
-
-void BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address)
-{
- boot_page_write_safe(Address);
- boot_spm_busy_wait();
- boot_rww_enable();
-}
-
-void BootloaderAPI_FillWord(const uint32_t Address, const uint16_t Word)
-{
- boot_page_fill_safe(Address, Word);
-}
-
-uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature(const uint16_t Address)
-{
- return boot_signature_byte_get(Address);
-}
-
-uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse(const uint16_t Address)
-{
- return boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(Address);
-}
-
-uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadLock(void)
-{
- return boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_LOCK_BITS);
-}
-
-void BootloaderAPI_WriteLock(const uint8_t LockBits)
-{
- boot_lock_bits_set_safe(LockBits);
-}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPI.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPI.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c2d9b4a188..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPI.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for BootloaderAPI.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _BOOTLOADER_API_H_
-#define _BOOTLOADER_API_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
- #include <avr/boot.h>
- #include <stdbool.h>
-
- #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- void BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address);
- void BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address);
- void BootloaderAPI_FillWord(const uint32_t Address, const uint16_t Word);
- uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature(const uint16_t Address);
- uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse(const uint16_t Address);
- uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadLock(void);
- void BootloaderAPI_WriteLock(const uint8_t LockBits);
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPITable.S b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPITable.S
deleted file mode 100644
index d8358c31ce..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPITable.S
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-; Trampolines to actual API implementations if the target address is outside the
-; range of a rjmp instruction (can happen with large bootloader sections)
-.section .apitable_trampolines, "ax"
-.global BootloaderAPI_Trampolines
-BootloaderAPI_Trampolines:
-
- BootloaderAPI_ErasePage_Trampoline:
- jmp BootloaderAPI_ErasePage
- BootloaderAPI_WritePage_Trampoline:
- jmp BootloaderAPI_WritePage
- BootloaderAPI_FillWord_Trampoline:
- jmp BootloaderAPI_FillWord
- BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature_Trampoline:
- jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature
- BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse_Trampoline:
- jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse
- BootloaderAPI_ReadLock_Trampoline:
- jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadLock
- BootloaderAPI_WriteLock_Trampoline:
- jmp BootloaderAPI_WriteLock
- BootloaderAPI_UNUSED1:
- ret
- BootloaderAPI_UNUSED2:
- ret
- BootloaderAPI_UNUSED3:
- ret
- BootloaderAPI_UNUSED4:
- ret
- BootloaderAPI_UNUSED5:
- ret
-
-
-
-; API function jump table
-.section .apitable_jumptable, "ax"
-.global BootloaderAPI_JumpTable
-BootloaderAPI_JumpTable:
-
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_ErasePage_Trampoline
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_WritePage_Trampoline
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_FillWord_Trampoline
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature_Trampoline
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse_Trampoline
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadLock_Trampoline
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_WriteLock_Trampoline
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED1 ; UNUSED ENTRY 1
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED2 ; UNUSED ENTRY 2
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED3 ; UNUSED ENTRY 3
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED4 ; UNUSED ENTRY 4
- rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED5 ; UNUSED ENTRY 5
-
-
-
-; Bootloader table signatures and information
-.section .apitable_signatures, "ax"
-.global BootloaderAPI_Signatures
-BootloaderAPI_Signatures:
-
- .long BOOT_START_ADDR ; Start address of the bootloader
- .word 0xDF20 ; Signature for the Printer class bootloader
- .word 0xDCFB ; Signature for a LUFA class bootloader
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.c b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 9021f998f7..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,487 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Main source file for the Printer class bootloader. This file contains the complete bootloader logic.
- */
-
-#include "BootloaderPrinter.h"
-
-/** LUFA Printer Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
- * passed to all Printer Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
- * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
- */
-USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t TextOnly_Printer_Interface =
- {
- .Config =
- {
- .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Printer,
- .DataINEndpoint =
- {
- .Address = PRINTER_IN_EPADDR,
- .Size = PRINTER_IO_EPSIZE,
- .Banks = 1,
- },
- .DataOUTEndpoint =
- {
- .Address = PRINTER_OUT_EPADDR,
- .Size = PRINTER_IO_EPSIZE,
- .Banks = 1,
- },
- .IEEE1284String =
- "MFG:Generic;"
- "MDL:Generic_/_Text_Only;"
- "CMD:1284.4;"
- "CLS:PRINTER",
- },
- };
-
-/** Intel HEX parser state machine state information, to track the contents of
- * a HEX file streamed in as a sequence of arbitrary bytes.
- */
-struct
-{
- /** Current HEX parser state machine state. */
- uint8_t ParserState;
- /** Previously decoded numerical byte of data. */
- uint8_t PrevData;
- /** Currently decoded numerical byte of data. */
- uint8_t Data;
- /** Indicates if both bytes that correspond to a single decoded numerical
- * byte of data (HEX encodes values in ASCII HEX, two characters per byte)
- * have been read.
- */
- bool ReadMSB;
- /** Intel HEX record type of the current Intel HEX record. */
- uint8_t RecordType;
- /** Numerical bytes of data remaining to be read in the current record. */
- uint8_t DataRem;
- /** Checksum of the current record received so far. */
- uint8_t Checksum;
- /** Starting address of the last addressed FLASH page. */
- uint32_t PageStartAddress;
- /** Current 32-bit byte extended base address in FLASH being targeted. */
- uint32_t CurrBaseAddress;
- /** Current 32-bit byte address in FLASH being targeted. */
- uint32_t CurrAddress;
-} HEXParser;
-
-/** Indicates if there is data waiting to be written to a physical page of
- * memory in FLASH.
- */
-static bool PageDirty = false;
-
-/** Flag to indicate if the bootloader should be running, or should exit and allow the application code to run
- * via a soft reset. When cleared, the bootloader will abort, the USB interface will shut down and the application
- * started via a forced watchdog reset.
- */
-static bool RunBootloader = true;
-
-/** Magic lock for forced application start. If the HWBE fuse is programmed and BOOTRST is unprogrammed, the bootloader
- * will start if the /HWB line of the AVR is held low and the system is reset. However, if the /HWB line is still held
- * low when the application attempts to start via a watchdog reset, the bootloader will re-start. If set to the value
- * \ref MAGIC_BOOT_KEY the special init function \ref Application_Jump_Check() will force the application to start.
- */
-uint16_t MagicBootKey ATTR_NO_INIT;
-
-
-/** Special startup routine to check if the bootloader was started via a watchdog reset, and if the magic application
- * start key has been loaded into \ref MagicBootKey. If the bootloader started via the watchdog and the key is valid,
- * this will force the user application to start via a software jump.
- */
-void Application_Jump_Check(void)
-{
- bool JumpToApplication = false;
-
- #if (BOARD == BOARD_LEONARDO)
- /* Enable pull-up on the IO13 pin so we can use it to select the mode */
- PORTC |= (1 << 7);
- Delay_MS(10);
-
- /* If IO13 is not jumpered to ground, start the user application instead */
- JumpToApplication = ((PINC & (1 << 7)) != 0);
-
- /* Disable pull-up after the check has completed */
- PORTC &= ~(1 << 7);
- #elif ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
- /* Disable JTAG debugging */
- JTAG_DISABLE();
-
- /* Enable pull-up on the JTAG TCK pin so we can use it to select the mode */
- PORTF |= (1 << 4);
- Delay_MS(10);
-
- /* If the TCK pin is not jumpered to ground, start the user application instead */
- JumpToApplication = ((PINF & (1 << 4)) != 0);
-
- /* Re-enable JTAG debugging */
- JTAG_ENABLE();
- #else
- /* Check if the device's BOOTRST fuse is set */
- if (boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_HIGH_FUSE_BITS) & FUSE_BOOTRST)
- {
- /* If the reset source was not an external reset or the key is correct, clear it and jump to the application */
- if (!(MCUSR & (1 << EXTRF)) || (MagicBootKey == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
- JumpToApplication = true;
-
- /* Clear reset source */
- MCUSR &= ~(1 << EXTRF);
- }
- else
- {
- /* If the reset source was the bootloader and the key is correct, clear it and jump to the application;
- * this can happen in the HWBE fuse is set, and the HBE pin is low during the watchdog reset */
- if ((MCUSR & (1 << WDRF)) && (MagicBootKey == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
- JumpToApplication = true;
-
- /* Clear reset source */
- MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Don't run the user application if the reset vector is blank (no app loaded) */
- bool ApplicationValid = (pgm_read_word_near(0) != 0xFFFF);
-
- /* If a request has been made to jump to the user application, honor it */
- if (JumpToApplication && ApplicationValid)
- {
- /* Turn off the watchdog */
- MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
- wdt_disable();
-
- /* Clear the boot key and jump to the user application */
- MagicBootKey = 0;
-
- // cppcheck-suppress constStatement
- ((void (*)(void))0x0000)();
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Converts a given input byte of data from an ASCII encoded HEX value to an integer value.
- *
- * \note Input HEX bytes are expected to be in uppercase only.
- *
- * \param[in] Byte ASCII byte of data to convert
- *
- * \return Integer converted value of the input ASCII encoded HEX byte of data, or -1 if the
- * input is not valid ASCII encoded HEX.
- */
-static int8_t HexToDecimal(const char Byte)
-{
- if ((Byte >= 'A') && (Byte <= 'F'))
- return (10 + (Byte - 'A'));
- else if ((Byte >= '0') && (Byte <= '9'))
- return (Byte - '0');
-
- return -1;
-}
-
-/**
- * Flushes a partially written page of data to physical FLASH, if a page
- * boundary has been crossed.
- *
- * \note If a page flush occurs the global HEX parser state is updated.
- */
-static void FlushPageIfRequired(void)
-{
- /* Abort if no data has been buffered for writing to the current page */
- if (!PageDirty)
- return;
-
- /* Flush the FLASH page to physical memory if we are crossing a page boundary */
- uint32_t NewPageStartAddress = (HEXParser.CurrAddress & ~(SPM_PAGESIZE - 1));
- if (HEXParser.PageStartAddress != NewPageStartAddress)
- {
- boot_page_write(HEXParser.PageStartAddress);
- boot_spm_busy_wait();
-
- HEXParser.PageStartAddress = NewPageStartAddress;
-
- PageDirty = false;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Parses an input Intel HEX formatted stream one character at a time, loading
- * the data contents into the device's internal FLASH memory.
- *
- * \param[in] ReadCharacter Next input ASCII byte of data to parse
- */
-static void ParseIntelHEXByte(const char ReadCharacter)
-{
- /* Reset the line parser while waiting for a new line to start */
- if ((HEXParser.ParserState == HEX_PARSE_STATE_WAIT_LINE) || (ReadCharacter == ':'))
- {
- HEXParser.Checksum = 0;
- HEXParser.CurrAddress = HEXParser.CurrBaseAddress;
- HEXParser.ReadMSB = false;
-
- /* ASCII ':' indicates the start of a new HEX record */
- if (ReadCharacter == ':')
- HEXParser.ParserState = HEX_PARSE_STATE_BYTE_COUNT;
-
- return;
- }
-
- /* Only allow ASCII HEX encoded digits, ignore all other characters */
- int8_t ReadCharacterDec = HexToDecimal(ReadCharacter);
- if (ReadCharacterDec < 0)
- return;
-
- /* Read and convert the next nibble of data from the current character */
- HEXParser.Data = (HEXParser.Data << 4) | ReadCharacterDec;
- HEXParser.ReadMSB = !HEXParser.ReadMSB;
-
- /* Only process further when a full byte (two nibbles) have been read */
- if (HEXParser.ReadMSB)
- return;
-
- /* Intel HEX checksum is for all fields except starting character and the
- * checksum itself
- */
- if (HEXParser.ParserState != HEX_PARSE_STATE_CHECKSUM)
- HEXParser.Checksum += HEXParser.Data;
-
- switch (HEXParser.ParserState)
- {
- case HEX_PARSE_STATE_BYTE_COUNT:
- HEXParser.DataRem = HEXParser.Data;
- HEXParser.ParserState = HEX_PARSE_STATE_ADDRESS_HIGH;
- break;
-
- case HEX_PARSE_STATE_ADDRESS_HIGH:
- HEXParser.CurrAddress += ((uint16_t)HEXParser.Data << 8);
- HEXParser.ParserState = HEX_PARSE_STATE_ADDRESS_LOW;
- break;
-
- case HEX_PARSE_STATE_ADDRESS_LOW:
- HEXParser.CurrAddress += HEXParser.Data;
- HEXParser.ParserState = HEX_PARSE_STATE_RECORD_TYPE;
- break;
-
- case HEX_PARSE_STATE_RECORD_TYPE:
- HEXParser.RecordType = HEXParser.Data;
- HEXParser.ParserState = (HEXParser.DataRem ? HEX_PARSE_STATE_READ_DATA : HEX_PARSE_STATE_CHECKSUM);
- break;
-
- case HEX_PARSE_STATE_READ_DATA:
- /* Track the number of read data bytes in the record */
- HEXParser.DataRem--;
-
- /* Protect the bootloader against being written to */
- if (HEXParser.CurrAddress >= BOOT_START_ADDR)
- {
- HEXParser.ParserState = HEX_PARSE_STATE_WAIT_LINE;
- PageDirty = false;
- return;
- }
-
- /* Wait for a machine word (two bytes) of data to be read */
- if (HEXParser.DataRem & 0x01)
- {
- HEXParser.PrevData = HEXParser.Data;
- break;
- }
-
- /* Convert the last two received data bytes into a 16-bit word */
- uint16_t NewDataWord = ((uint16_t)HEXParser.Data << 8) | HEXParser.PrevData;
-
- switch (HEXParser.RecordType)
- {
- case HEX_RECORD_TYPE_Data:
- /* If we are writing to a new page, we need to erase it first */
- if (!(PageDirty))
- {
- boot_page_erase(HEXParser.PageStartAddress);
- boot_spm_busy_wait();
-
- PageDirty = true;
- }
-
- /* Fill the FLASH memory buffer with the new word of data */
- boot_page_fill(HEXParser.CurrAddress, NewDataWord);
- HEXParser.CurrAddress += 2;
-
- /* Flush the FLASH page to physical memory if we are crossing a page boundary */
- FlushPageIfRequired();
- break;
-
- case HEX_RECORD_TYPE_ExtendedSegmentAddress:
- /* Extended address data - store the upper 12-bits of the new address */
- HEXParser.CurrBaseAddress = ((uint32_t)NewDataWord << 4);
- break;
-
- case HEX_RECORD_TYPE_ExtendedLinearAddress:
- /* Extended address data - store the upper 16-bits of the new address */
- HEXParser.CurrBaseAddress = ((uint32_t)NewDataWord << 16);
- break;
- }
-
- if (!HEXParser.DataRem)
- HEXParser.ParserState = HEX_PARSE_STATE_CHECKSUM;
- break;
-
- case HEX_PARSE_STATE_CHECKSUM:
- /* Verify checksum of the completed record */
- if (HEXParser.Data != ((~HEXParser.Checksum + 1) & 0xFF))
- break;
-
- /* Flush the FLASH page to physical memory if we are crossing a page boundary */
- FlushPageIfRequired();
-
- /* If end of the HEX file reached, the bootloader should exit at next opportunity */
- if (HEXParser.RecordType == HEX_RECORD_TYPE_EndOfFile)
- RunBootloader = false;
-
- break;
-
- default:
- HEXParser.ParserState = HEX_PARSE_STATE_WAIT_LINE;
- break;
- }
-}
-
-/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
- * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
- */
-int main(void)
-{
- SetupHardware();
-
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
- GlobalInterruptEnable();
-
- while (RunBootloader)
- {
- uint8_t BytesReceived = PRNT_Device_BytesReceived(&TextOnly_Printer_Interface);
-
- if (BytesReceived)
- {
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
-
- while (BytesReceived--)
- {
- int16_t ReceivedByte = PRNT_Device_ReceiveByte(&TextOnly_Printer_Interface);
-
- /* Feed the next byte of data to the HEX parser */
- ParseIntelHEXByte(ReceivedByte);
- }
-
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
- }
-
- PRNT_Device_USBTask(&TextOnly_Printer_Interface);
- USB_USBTask();
- }
-
- /* Disconnect from the host - USB interface will be reset later along with the AVR */
- USB_Detach();
-
- /* Unlock the forced application start mode of the bootloader if it is restarted */
- MagicBootKey = MAGIC_BOOT_KEY;
-
- /* Enable the watchdog and force a timeout to reset the AVR */
- wdt_enable(WDTO_250MS);
-
- for (;;);
-}
-
-/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
-static void SetupHardware(void)
-{
- /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
- MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
- wdt_disable();
-
- /* Disable clock division */
- clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
-
- /* Relocate the interrupt vector table to the bootloader section */
- MCUCR = (1 << IVCE);
- MCUCR = (1 << IVSEL);
-
- /* Hardware Initialization */
- LEDs_Init();
- USB_Init();
-
- /* Bootloader active LED toggle timer initialization */
- TIMSK1 = (1 << TOIE1);
- TCCR1B = ((1 << CS11) | (1 << CS10));
-}
-
-/** ISR to periodically toggle the LEDs on the board to indicate that the bootloader is active. */
-ISR(TIMER1_OVF_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
-{
- LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs. */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
-{
- /* Indicate USB enumerating */
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
- * the status LEDs and stops the Printer management task.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
-{
- /* Indicate USB not ready */
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
- * of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the Mass Storage management task started.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
-{
- bool ConfigSuccess = true;
-
- /* Setup Printer Data Endpoints */
- ConfigSuccess &= PRNT_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&TextOnly_Printer_Interface);
-
- /* Reset the HEX parser upon successful connection to a host */
- HEXParser.ParserState = HEX_PARSE_STATE_WAIT_LINE;
-
- /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
- * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
- * internally.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
-{
- PRNT_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&TextOnly_Printer_Interface);
-}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8bc1a68799..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for BootloaderPrinter.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _BOOTLOADER_PRINTER_H_
-#define _BOOTLOADER_PRINTER_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
- #include <avr/wdt.h>
- #include <avr/power.h>
- #include <avr/interrupt.h>
-
- #include "Descriptors.h"
-
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
- #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__OPTIMIZE_SIZE__)
- #error This bootloader requires that it be optimized for size, not speed, to fit into the target device. Change optimization settings and try again.
- #endif
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
- #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
-
- /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
- #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
-
- /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
- #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
-
- /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
- #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
-
- /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
- #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
-
- /** Magic bootloader key to unlock forced application start mode. */
- #define MAGIC_BOOT_KEY 0xDC42
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Intel HEX parser state machine states. */
- enum HEX_Parser_States_t
- {
- HEX_PARSE_STATE_WAIT_LINE, /**< Parser is waiting for a HEX Start of Line character. */
- HEX_PARSE_STATE_BYTE_COUNT, /**< Parser is waiting for a record byte count. */
- HEX_PARSE_STATE_ADDRESS_HIGH, /**< Parser is waiting for the MSB of a record address. */
- HEX_PARSE_STATE_ADDRESS_LOW, /**< Parser is waiting for the LSB of a record address. */
- HEX_PARSE_STATE_RECORD_TYPE, /**< Parser is waiting for the record type. */
- HEX_PARSE_STATE_READ_DATA, /**< Parser is waiting for more data in the current record. */
- HEX_PARSE_STATE_CHECKSUM, /**< Parser is waiting for the checksum of the current record. */
- };
-
- /** Intel HEX record types, used to indicate the type of record contained in a line of a HEX file. */
- enum HEX_Record_Types_t
- {
- HEX_RECORD_TYPE_Data = 0, /**< Record contains loadable data. */
- HEX_RECORD_TYPE_EndOfFile = 1, /**< End of file record. */
- HEX_RECORD_TYPE_ExtendedSegmentAddress = 2, /**< Extended segment start record. */
- HEX_RECORD_TYPE_StartSegmentAddress = 3, /**< Normal segment start record. */
- HEX_RECORD_TYPE_ExtendedLinearAddress = 4, /**< Extended linear address start record. */
- HEX_RECORD_TYPE_StartLinearAddress = 5, /**< Linear address start record. */
- };
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- static void SetupHardware(void);
-
- void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
- void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
- void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
- void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.txt b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index d9aa79686f..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,202 +0,0 @@
-/** \file
- *
- * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/** \mainpage Printer Class USB AVR Bootloader
- *
- * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
- *
- * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
- *
- * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
- * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
- * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
- * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
- *
- * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
- *
- * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
- * <td>Device</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
- * <td>Printer Class</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
- * <td>Printer Subclass</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
- * <td>USBIF Printer Class Standard</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
- * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
- * </tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
- *
- * This bootloader enumerates to the host as a Generic Text Only Printer device, capable of reading and parsing
- * "printed" plain-text Intel HEX files to load firmware onto the AVR.
- *
- * Out of the box this bootloader builds for the AT90USB1287 with an 8KB bootloader section size, and will fit
- * into 4KB of bootloader space. If you wish to alter this size and/or change the AVR model, you will need to
- * edit the MCU, FLASH_SIZE_KB and BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB values in the accompanying makefile.
- *
- * When the bootloader is running, the board's LED(s) will flash at regular intervals to distinguish the
- * bootloader from the normal user application.
- *
- * \section Sec_Running Running the Bootloader
- *
- * On the USB AVR8 devices, setting the \c HWBE device fuse will cause the bootloader to run if the \c HWB pin of
- * the AVR is grounded when the device is reset.
- *
- * The are two behaviours of this bootloader, depending on the device's fuses:
- *
- * <b>If the device's BOOTRST fuse is set</b>, the bootloader will run any time the system is reset from
- * the external reset pin, unless no valid user application has been loaded. To initiate the bootloader, the
- * device's external reset pin should be grounded momentarily.
- *
- * <b>If the device's BOOTRST fuse is not set</b>, the bootloader will run only if initiated via a software
- * jump, or if the \c HWB pin was low during the last device reset (if the \c HWBE fuse is set).
- *
- * For board specific exceptions to the above, see below.
- *
- * \subsection SSec_XPLAIN Atmel Xplain Board
- * Ground the USB AVR JTAG's \c TCK pin to ground when powering on the board to start the bootloader. This assumes the
- * \c HWBE fuse is cleared and the \c BOOTRST fuse is set as the HWBE pin is not user accessible on this board.
- *
- * \subsection SSec_Leonardo Arduino Leonardo Board
- * Ground \c IO13 when powering the board to start the bootloader. This assumes the \c HWBE fuse is cleared and the
- * \c BOOTRST fuse is set as the HWBE pin is not user accessible on this board.
- *
- * \section Sec_Installation Driver Installation
- *
- * This bootloader uses the Generic Text-Only printer drivers inbuilt into all modern operating systems, thus no
- * additional drivers need to be supplied for correct operation.
- *
- * \section Sec_HostApp Host Controller Application
- *
- * This bootloader is compatible with Notepad under Windows, and the command line \c lpr utility under Linux.
- *
- * \subsection SSec_Notepad Notepad (Windows)
- *
- * While most text applications under Windows will be compatible with the bootloader, the inbuilt Notepad utility
- * is recommended as it will introduce minimal formatting changes to the output stream. To program with Notepad,
- * open the target HEX file and print it to the Generic Text Only printer device the bootloader creates.
- *
- * \subsection SSec_LPR LPR (Linux)
- *
- * While the CUPS framework under Linux will enumerate the bootloader as a Generic Text-Only printer, many
- * applications will refuse to print to the device due to the lack of rich formatting options available. As a result,
- * under Linux HEX files must be printed via the low level \c lpr utility instead.
- *
- * \code
- * cat Mouse.hex | lpr
- * \endcode
- *
- * \section Sec_API User Application API
- *
- * Several user application functions for FLASH and other special memory area manipulations are exposed by the bootloader,
- * allowing the user application to call into the bootloader at runtime to read and write FLASH data.
- *
- * By default, the bootloader API jump table is located 32 bytes from the end of the device's FLASH memory, and follows the
- * following layout:
- *
- * \code
- * #define BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE 32
- * #define BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START ((FLASHEND + 1UL) - BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE)
- * #define BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(Index) (void*)((BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (Index * 2)) / 2)
- *
- * void (*BootloaderAPI_ErasePage)(uint32_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(0);
- * void (*BootloaderAPI_WritePage)(uint32_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(1);
- * void (*BootloaderAPI_FillWord)(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Word) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(2);
- * uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature)(uint16_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(3);
- * uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse)(uint16_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(4);
- * uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadLock)(void) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(5);
- * void (*BootloaderAPI_WriteLock)(uint8_t LockBits) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(6);
- *
- * #define BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE_START (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 2))
- * #define BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE 0xDCFB
- *
- * #define BOOTLOADER_CLASS_SIGNATURE_START (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 4))
- * #define BOOTLOADER_PRINTER_SIGNATURE 0xDF20
- *
- * #define BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_START (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 8))
- * #define BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_LENGTH 4
- * \endcode
- *
- * From the application the API support of the bootloader can be detected by reading the FLASH memory bytes located at address
- * \c BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE_START and comparing them to the value \c BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE. The class of bootloader
- * can be determined by reading the FLASH memory bytes located at address \c BOOTLOADER_CLASS_SIGNATURE_START and comparing them
- * to the value \c BOOTLOADER_PRINTER_SIGNATURE. The start address of the bootloader can be retrieved by reading the bytes of FLASH
- * memory starting from address \c BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_START.
- *
- * \subsection SSec_API_MemLayout Device Memory Map
- * The following illustration indicates the final memory map of the device when loaded with the bootloader.
- *
- * \verbatim
- * +----------------------------+ 0x0000
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | User Application |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * | |
- * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - BOOT_SECTION_SIZE
- * | |
- * | Bootloader Application |
- * | (Not User App. Accessible) |
- * | |
- * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 96
- * | API Table Trampolines |
- * | (Not User App. Accessible) |
- * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 32
- * | Bootloader API Table |
- * | (User App. Accessible) |
- * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 8
- * | Bootloader ID Constants |
- * | (User App. Accessible) |
- * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND
- * \endverbatim
- *
- *
- * \section Sec_KnownIssues Known Issues:
- *
- * \par On Linux machines, new firmware fails to be sent to the device via CUPS.
- * Only a limited subset of normal printer functionality is exposed via the
- * bootloader, causing CUPS to reject print requests from applications that
- * are unable to handle true plain-text printing. For best results, the low
- * level \c lpr command should be used to print new firmware to the bootloader.
- *
- * \section Sec_Options Project Options
- *
- * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * None
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- * </table>
- */
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/Config/LUFAConfig.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5aa0e765bf..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/Config/LUFAConfig.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
- *
- * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
- * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
- * a makefile.
- *
- * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
- * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
- */
-
-#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
-#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
-
- #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-
- /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
-// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
-
- /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
-// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
-// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
-
- /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
- #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
- #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
- #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
-// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
-// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
- #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
-
- /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
- #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
-// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
-// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
- #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
- #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
- #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
- #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
-// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
-// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
- #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
- #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
-
- /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
-// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
-// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
-// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
-
- #else
-
- #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
-
- #endif
-#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/Descriptors.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 99625d605a..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/Descriptors.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,194 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
- * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
- * the device's capabilities and functions.
- */
-
-#include "Descriptors.h"
-
-
-/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the overall
- * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
- * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
- * process begins.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_Device_t DeviceDescriptor =
-{
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
-
- .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
- .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
- .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
- .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
-
- .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
-
- .VendorID = 0x03EB,
- .ProductID = 0x206B,
- .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
-
- .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
- .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
- .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
-
- .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
-};
-
-/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the usage
- * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
- * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
- * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t ConfigurationDescriptor =
-{
- .Config =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
-
- .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
- .TotalInterfaces = 1,
-
- .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
- .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
-
- .ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
-
- .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
- },
-
- .Printer_Interface =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
-
- .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Printer,
- .AlternateSetting = 0,
-
- .TotalEndpoints = 2,
-
- .Class = PRNT_CSCP_PrinterClass,
- .SubClass = PRNT_CSCP_PrinterSubclass,
- .Protocol = PRNT_CSCP_BidirectionalProtocol,
-
- .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
- },
-
- .Printer_DataInEndpoint =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
-
- .EndpointAddress = PRINTER_IN_EPADDR,
- .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
- .EndpointSize = PRINTER_IO_EPSIZE,
- .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
- },
-
- .Printer_DataOutEndpoint =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
-
- .EndpointAddress = PRINTER_OUT_EPADDR,
- .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
- .EndpointSize = PRINTER_IO_EPSIZE,
- .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
- }
-};
-
-/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, is returned when the host requests
- * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
- * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_String_t LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
-
-/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
- * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
- * Descriptor.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_String_t ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
-
-/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
- * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
- * Descriptor.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_String_t ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Printer Bootloader");
-
-/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
- * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
- * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
- * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
- * USB host.
- */
-uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
- const uint16_t wIndex,
- const void** const DescriptorAddress)
-{
- const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
- const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
-
- const void* Address = NULL;
- uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
-
- switch (DescriptorType)
- {
- case DTYPE_Device:
- Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
- Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
- break;
- case DTYPE_Configuration:
- Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
- Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
- break;
- case DTYPE_String:
- switch (DescriptorNumber)
- {
- case STRING_ID_Language:
- Address = &LanguageString;
- Size = LanguageString.Header.Size;
- break;
- case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
- Address = &ManufacturerString;
- Size = ManufacturerString.Header.Size;
- break;
- case STRING_ID_Product:
- Address = &ProductString;
- Size = ProductString.Header.Size;
- break;
- }
-
- break;
- }
-
- *DescriptorAddress = Address;
- return Size;
-}
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/Descriptors.h
deleted file mode 100644
index adb0dddb64..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/Descriptors.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for Descriptors.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
-#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
-
- #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** Endpoint address of the Printer device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
- #define PRINTER_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
-
- /** Endpoint address of the Printer host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
- #define PRINTER_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
-
- /** Size in bytes of the Printer data endpoints. */
- #define PRINTER_IO_EPSIZE 64
-
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
- * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
- * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
-
- // Printer Interface
- USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Printer_Interface;
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t Printer_DataInEndpoint;
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t Printer_DataOutEndpoint;
- } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
-
- /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor
- * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
- * interface from other descriptors.
- */
- enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
- {
- INTERFACE_ID_Printer = 0, /**< Printer interface descriptor ID */
- };
-
- /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
- * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
- * other descriptors.
- */
- enum StringDescriptors_t
- {
- STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
- STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
- STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
- };
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
- const uint16_t wIndex,
- const void** const DescriptorAddress)
- ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/asf.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b5c0c6b3a5..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/asf.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,159 +0,0 @@
-<asf xmlversion="1.0">
- <project caption="Printer Bootloader - 128KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.printer.avr8.128_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_printer_128kb_4kb_">
- <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.printer"/>
- <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
- <generator value="as5_8"/>
-
- <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
- <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
-
- <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
- <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x1F000"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x1F000"/>
-
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x1FFA0"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x1FFE0"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x1FFF8"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
- </project>
-
- <project caption="Printer Bootloader - 64KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.printer.avr8.64_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_printer_64kb_4kb_">
- <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.printer"/>
- <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
- <generator value="as5_8"/>
-
- <device-support value="at90usb647"/>
- <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
-
- <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
- <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0xF000"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0xF000"/>
-
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0xFFA0"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0xFFE0"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0xFFF8"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
- </project>
-
- <project caption="Printer Bootloader - 32KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.printer.avr8.32_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_printer_32kb_4kb_">
- <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.printer"/>
- <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
- <generator value="as5_8"/>
-
- <device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
- <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
-
- <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
- <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x7000"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x7000"/>
-
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x7FA0"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x7FE0"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x7FF8"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
- </project>
-
- <project caption="Printer Bootloader - 16KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.printer.avr8.16_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_printer_16kb_4kb_">
- <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.printer"/>
- <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
- <generator value="as5_8"/>
-
- <device-support value="atmega16u2"/>
- <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
-
- <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
- <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x3000"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x3000"/>
-
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x3FA0"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x3FE0"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x3FF8"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
- </project>
-
- <project caption="Printer Bootloader - 8KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.printer.avr8.8_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_printer_8kb_4kb_">
- <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.printer"/>
- <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
- <generator value="as5_8"/>
-
- <device-support value="atmega8u2"/>
- <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
-
- <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
- <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x1000"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x1000"/>
-
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x1FA0"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x1FE0"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x1FF8"/>
- <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
- </project>
-
- <module type="application" id="lufa.bootloaders.printer" caption="Printer Bootloader">
- <info type="description" value="summary">
- Printer Class Bootloader, capable of reprogramming a device by "printing" new HEX files to the virtual Plain-Text printer it creates when plugged into a host.
- </info>
-
- <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
-
- <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
- <keyword value="Bootloaders"/>
- <keyword value="USB Device"/>
- </info>
-
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
- <build type="include-path" value="."/>
- <build type="c-source" value="BootloaderPrinter.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="BootloaderPrinter.h"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="BootloaderAPI.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="BootloaderAPI.h"/>
- <build type="asm-source" value="BootloaderAPITable.S"/>
-
- <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
-
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="BootloaderPrinter.txt"/>
-
- <require idref="lufa.common"/>
- <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
- </module>
-</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/doxyfile
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f96bb9b73..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/doxyfile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2396 +0,0 @@
-# Doxyfile 1.8.9
-
-# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
-# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
-#
-# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
-# front of the TAG it is preceding.
-#
-# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
-# The format is:
-# TAG = value [value, ...]
-# For lists, items can also be appended using:
-# TAG += value [value, ...]
-# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Project related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
-# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
-# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
-# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
-# for the list of possible encodings.
-# The default value is: UTF-8.
-
-DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
-
-# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
-# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
-# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
-# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
-# The default value is: My Project.
-
-PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Printer Class Bootloader"
-
-# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
-# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
-# control system is used.
-
-PROJECT_NUMBER =
-
-# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
-# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
-# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
-
-PROJECT_BRIEF =
-
-# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
-# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
-# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
-# the logo to the output directory.
-
-PROJECT_LOGO =
-
-# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
-# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
-# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
-# left blank the current directory will be used.
-
-OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
-
-# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
-# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
-# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
-# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
-# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
-# performance problems for the file system.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
-
-# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
-# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
-# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
-# U+3044.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
-
-# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
-# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
-# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
-# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
-# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
-# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
-# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
-# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
-# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
-# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
-# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
-# The default value is: English.
-
-OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
-
-# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
-# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
-# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
-
-# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
-# description of a member or function before the detailed description
-#
-# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
-# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
-
-# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
-# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
-# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
-# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
-# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
-# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
-# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
-# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
-
-ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
- "The $name widget" \
- "The $name file" \
- is \
- provides \
- specifies \
- contains \
- represents \
- a \
- an \
- the
-
-# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
-# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
-# description.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
-# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
-# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
-# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
-
-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
-# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
-# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
-
-# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
-# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
-# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
-# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
-# strip.
-#
-# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
-# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
-# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
-
-STRIP_FROM_PATH =
-
-# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
-# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
-# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
-# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
-# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
-# using the -I flag.
-
-STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
-
-# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
-# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
-# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SHORT_NAMES = YES
-
-# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
-# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
-# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
-# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
-# description.)
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
-
-# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
-# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
-# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
-# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
-
-# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
-# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
-# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
-# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
-# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
-#
-# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
-# not recognized any more.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
-
-# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
-# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-INHERIT_DOCS = YES
-
-# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
-# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
-# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
-
-# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
-# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
-# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
-
-TAB_SIZE = 4
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
-# the documentation. An alias has the form:
-# name=value
-# For example adding
-# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
-# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
-# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
-# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
-# newlines.
-
-ALIASES =
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
-# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
-# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
-
-TCL_SUBST =
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
-# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
-# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
-# members will be omitted, etc.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
-# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
-# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
-# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
-
-# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
-# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
-# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
-# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
-# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
-# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
-# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
-# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
-# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
-# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
-# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
-#
-# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
-#
-# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
-# the files are not read by doxygen.
-
-EXTENSION_MAPPING =
-
-# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
-# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
-# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
-# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
-# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
-# case of backward compatibilities issues.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
-# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
-# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
-# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
-
-# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
-# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
-# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
-# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
-# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
-# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
-# enable parsing support.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
-# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
-# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
-# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SIP_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
-# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
-# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
-# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
-# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
-# should set this option to NO.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
-
-# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
-# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
-# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
-# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
-
-# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
-# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
-# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
-# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
-# \nosubgrouping command.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SUBGROUPING = YES
-
-# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
-# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
-# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
-# and RTF).
-#
-# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
-# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
-
-# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
-# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
-# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
-# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
-# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
-# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
-
-# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
-# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
-# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
-# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
-# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
-# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
-# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
-
-# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
-# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
-# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
-# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
-# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
-# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
-# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
-# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
-# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
-
-LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Build related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
-# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
-# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
-# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
-# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
-# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_ALL = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
-# be included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
-# scope will be included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
-
-# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
-# included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
-# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
-# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
-# for Java sources.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
-
-# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
-# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
-# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
-# included.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
-
-# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
-# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
-# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
-# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
-# are hidden.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
-# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
-# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
-# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
-# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
-# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
-# included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
-# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
-# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
-
-# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
-# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
-# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
-
-# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
-# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
-# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
-# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
-# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
-# The default value is: system dependent.
-
-CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
-# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
-# scope will be hidden.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
-# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
-# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
-
-# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
-# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
-
-# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
-# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
-# which file to include in order to use the member.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
-
-# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
-# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
-# documentation for inline members.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-INLINE_INFO = YES
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
-# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
-
-# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
-# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
-# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
-# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
-# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
-# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
-# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
-# member documentation.
-# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
-# detailed member documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
-
-# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
-# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
-# appear in their defined order.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
-# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
-# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
-# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
-# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
-# list.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
-
-# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
-# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
-# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
-# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
-# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
-# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
-# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
-# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
-# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
-# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
-# the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
-
-# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
-# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
-# ... \endcond blocks.
-
-ENABLED_SECTIONS =
-
-# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
-# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
-# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
-# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
-# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
-# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
-# documentation regardless of this setting.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
-
-MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
-
-# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
-# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
-# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
-# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
-# (if specified).
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_FILES = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
-# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
-# Folder Tree View (if specified).
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
-
-# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
-# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
-# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
-# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
-# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
-# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
-# version. For an example see the documentation.
-
-FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
-
-# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
-# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
-# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
-# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
-# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
-# will be used as the name of the layout file.
-#
-# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
-# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
-# tag is left empty.
-
-LAYOUT_FILE =
-
-# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
-# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
-# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
-# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
-# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
-# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
-# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
-
-CITE_BIB_FILES =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
-# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
-# messages are off.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-QUIET = YES
-
-# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
-# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
-# this implies that the warnings are on.
-#
-# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-WARNINGS = YES
-
-# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
-# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
-# will automatically be disabled.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
-
-# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
-# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
-# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
-# markup commands wrongly.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
-
-# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
-# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
-# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
-# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
-
-# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
-# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
-# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
-# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
-# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
-# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
-# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
-
-WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
-
-# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
-# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
-# error (stderr).
-
-WARN_LOGFILE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the input files
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
-# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
-# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
-# spaces.
-# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
-
-INPUT = ./
-
-# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
-# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
-# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
-# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
-# possible encodings.
-# The default value is: UTF-8.
-
-INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
-# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
-# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
-# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
-# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
-# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
-# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
-
-FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
- *.c \
- *.txt
-
-# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
-# be searched for input files as well.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-RECURSIVE = YES
-
-# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
-# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
-# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
-#
-# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
-# run.
-
-EXCLUDE = Documentation/
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
-# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
-# from the input.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
-# certain files from those directories.
-#
-# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
-# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
-
-EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
-# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
-# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
-# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
-# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
-#
-# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
-# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
- INCLUDE_FROM_*
-
-# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
-# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
-# command).
-
-EXAMPLE_PATH =
-
-# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
-# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
-# files are included.
-
-EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
-
-# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
-# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
-# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
-
-# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
-# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
-# \image command).
-
-IMAGE_PATH =
-
-# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
-# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
-# by executing (via popen()) the command:
-#
-# <filter> <input-file>
-#
-# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
-# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
-# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
-# will be ignored.
-#
-# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
-# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
-# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
-
-INPUT_FILTER =
-
-# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
-# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
-# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
-# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
-# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
-# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
-
-FILTER_PATTERNS =
-
-# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
-# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
-# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
-
-# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
-# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
-# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
-# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
-# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
-
-# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
-# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
-# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
-# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
-
-USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to source browsing
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
-# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
-#
-# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
-# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
-
-# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
-# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_SOURCES = NO
-
-# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
-# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
-# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
-
-# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
-# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
-# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
-# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
-# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
-# link to the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
-
-# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
-# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
-# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
-# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
-# can opt to disable this feature.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
-
-SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
-
-# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
-# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
-# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
-# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
-# 4.8.6 or higher.
-#
-# To use it do the following:
-# - Install the latest version of global
-# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
-# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
-# - Run doxygen as normal
-#
-# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
-# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
-#
-# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
-# source code will now point to the output of htags.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
-
-USE_HTAGS = NO
-
-# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
-# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
-# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
-# See also: Section \class.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
-
-# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
-# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
-# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
-# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
-# information.
-# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
-# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
-
-# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
-# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
-# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
-# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
-# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
-
-CLANG_OPTIONS =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
-# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
-# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
-
-# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
-# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
-# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
-# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
-
-COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
-
-# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
-# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
-# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
-# while generating the index headers.
-# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
-
-IGNORE_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the HTML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_HTML = YES
-
-# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: html.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_OUTPUT = html
-
-# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
-# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
-# The default value is: .html.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
-
-# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
-# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard header.
-#
-# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
-# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
-# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
-# default header using
-# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
-# YourConfigFile
-# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
-# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
-# uses.
-# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
-# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
-# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_HEADER =
-
-# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
-# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
-# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
-# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
-# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
-# that doxygen normally uses.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_FOOTER =
-
-# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
-# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
-# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
-# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
-# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
-# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
-# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
-# obsolete.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_STYLESHEET =
-
-# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
-# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
-# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
-# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
-# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
-# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
-# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
-# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
-# list). For an example see the documentation.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
-
-# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
-# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
-# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
-# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
-# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
-# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
-# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
-# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
-# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
-# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
-# purple, and 360 is red again.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
-# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
-# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
-# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
-# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
-# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
-# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
-# change the gamma.
-# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
-
-# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
-# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
-# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
-
-# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
-# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
-# page has loaded.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
-
-# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
-# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
-# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
-# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
-# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
-# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
-# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
-# tree by default.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
-
-# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
-# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
-# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
-# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
-# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
-# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
-# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
-# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
-# for more information.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
-
-# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
-# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
-# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
-# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
-
-# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
-# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
-# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
-# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
-# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
-
-# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
-# The default value is: Publisher.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
-# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
-# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
-# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
-# Windows.
-#
-# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
-# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
-# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
-# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
-# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
-# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
-# compressed HTML files.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
-
-# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
-# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
-# written to the html output directory.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-CHM_FILE =
-
-# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
-# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
-# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
-# The file has to be specified with full path.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-HHC_LOCATION =
-
-# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
-# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_CHI = NO
-
-# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
-# and project file content.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
-
-# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
-# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
-# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-BINARY_TOC = NO
-
-# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
-# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-TOC_EXPAND = YES
-
-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
-# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
-# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
-# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_QHP = NO
-
-# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
-# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
-# the HTML output folder.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QCH_FILE =
-
-# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
-# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
-# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
-# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
-# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
-# folders).
-# The default value is: doc.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
-
-# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
-# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
-# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
-# filters).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
-
-# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
-# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
-# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
-# filters).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
-
-# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
-# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
-# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
-
-# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
-# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
-# generated .qhp file.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHG_LOCATION =
-
-# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
-# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
-# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
-# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
-# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
-# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
-# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
-
-# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
-# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
-# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
-
-ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
-# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
-# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
-# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
-# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
-# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-DISABLE_INDEX = YES
-
-# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
-# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
-# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
-# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
-# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
-# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
-# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
-# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
-# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
-# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
-# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
-# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
-
-# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
-# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
-#
-# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
-# in the overview section.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
-
-# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
-# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
-
-# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
-# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
-
-# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
-# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
-# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
-# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
-# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
-
-# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
-# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
-# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
-#
-# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
-# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
-
-# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
-# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
-# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
-# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
-# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
-# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-USE_MATHJAX = NO
-
-# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
-# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
-# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
-# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
-# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
-# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
-
-# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
-# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
-# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
-# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
-# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
-# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
-# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
-# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
-# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
-
-# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
-# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
-# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
-
-# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
-# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
-# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
-# example see the documentation.
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
-
-# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
-# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
-# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
-# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
-# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
-# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
-# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
-# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
-# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
-# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
-# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
-# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
-# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
-# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
-# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
-# option.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-SEARCHENGINE = NO
-
-# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
-# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
-# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
-# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
-# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
-# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
-# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
-
-# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
-# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
-# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
-# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
-# search results.
-#
-# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
-# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
-# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
-#
-# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
-
-# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
-# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
-#
-# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
-# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
-# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
-# Searching" for details.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-SEARCHENGINE_URL =
-
-# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
-# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
-# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
-# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
-
-# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
-# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
-# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
-# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
-
-# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
-# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
-# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
-# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
-# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
-# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_LATEX = NO
-
-# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: latex.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
-
-# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
-# invoked.
-#
-# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
-# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
-# written to the output directory.
-# The default file is: latex.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
-
-# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
-# index for LaTeX.
-# The default file is: makeindex.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
-
-# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
-# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
-# trees in general.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-COMPACT_LATEX = NO
-
-# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
-# printer.
-# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
-# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
-# The default value is: a4.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
-
-# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
-# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
-# instance you can specify
-# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
-# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-EXTRA_PACKAGES =
-
-# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
-# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
-# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
-# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
-# default header to a separate file.
-#
-# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
-# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
-# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
-# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
-# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
-# to HTML_HEADER.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_HEADER =
-
-# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
-# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
-# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
-# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
-# special commands can be used inside the footer.
-#
-# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_FOOTER =
-
-# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
-# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
-# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
-# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
-# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
-# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
-# list).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
-
-# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
-# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
-# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
-# markers available.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
-
-# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
-# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
-# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
-
-# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
-# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
-# higher quality PDF documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-USE_PDFLATEX = YES
-
-# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
-# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
-# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
-# when generating formulas in HTML.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
-
-# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
-# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
-
-# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
-# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
-#
-# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
-# SOURCE_BROWSER.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
-
-# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
-# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
-# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
-# The default value is: plain.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the RTF output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
-# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
-# readers/editors.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_RTF = NO
-
-# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: rtf.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
-
-# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
-# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
-# trees in general.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-COMPACT_RTF = NO
-
-# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
-# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
-# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
-# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
-# fields.
-#
-# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
-
-# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
-# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
-# missing definitions are set to their default value.
-#
-# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
-# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
-
-# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
-# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
-# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
-
-# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
-# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
-#
-# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
-# SOURCE_BROWSER.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the man page output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
-# classes and files.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_MAN = NO
-
-# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
-# MAN_OUTPUT.
-# The default directory is: man.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_OUTPUT = man
-
-# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
-# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
-# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
-# optional.
-# The default value is: .3.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_EXTENSION = .3
-
-# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
-# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
-# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_SUBDIR =
-
-# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
-# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
-# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
-# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_LINKS = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the XML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
-# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_XML = NO
-
-# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: xml.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
-
-XML_OUTPUT = xml
-
-# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
-# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
-# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
-# of the XML output.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
-
-XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
-# that can be used to generate PDF.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
-
-# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
-# front of it.
-# The default directory is: docbook.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
-
-DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
-
-# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
-# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
-# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
-# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
-
-DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
-# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
-# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
-# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
-# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
-#
-# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
-# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
-# output from the Perl module output.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
-
-PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
-# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
-# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
-# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
-# just the same.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
-
-PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
-
-# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
-# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
-# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
-# overwrite each other's variables.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
-
-PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
-# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
-# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
-# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
-# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
-
-# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
-# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
-# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
-
-# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
-# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
-
-# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
-# preprocessor.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDE_PATH =
-
-# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
-# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
-# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
-# used.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
-
-# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
-# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
-# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
-# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
-# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
-# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
- PROGMEM \
- ATTR_NO_INIT
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
-# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
-# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
-# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
-# definition found in the source code.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
-
-# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
-# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
-# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
-# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
-# removed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to external references
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
-# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
-# a tag file without this location is as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
-# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
-# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
-# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
-# of tag files.
-# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
-# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
-# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
-
-TAGFILES =
-
-# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
-# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
-# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
-
-GENERATE_TAGFILE =
-
-# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
-# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
-# listed.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-ALLEXTERNALS = NO
-
-# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
-# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
-# listed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
-
-# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
-# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
-# be listed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
-
-# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
-# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
-# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
-
-PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the dot tool
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
-# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
-# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
-# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
-# powerful graphs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
-
-# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
-# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
-# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
-# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
-# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
-# default search path.
-
-MSCGEN_PATH =
-
-# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
-# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
-# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
-# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
-
-DIA_PATH =
-
-# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
-# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
-
-# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
-# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
-# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
-# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
-# set to NO
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HAVE_DOT = NO
-
-# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
-# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
-# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
-# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
-# speed.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
-
-# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
-# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
-# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
-# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
-# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
-# The default value is: Helvetica.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_FONTNAME =
-
-# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
-# dot graphs.
-# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
-
-# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
-# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
-# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_FONTPATH =
-
-# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
-# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
-# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-CLASS_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
-# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
-# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
-# class with other documented classes.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
-# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
-# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
-# Language.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-UML_LOOK = NO
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
-# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
-# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
-# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
-# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
-# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
-# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
-# 10.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
-
-# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
-# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
-# instances.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
-
-# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
-# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
-# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
-# files.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
-# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
-# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
-# files.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
-# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
-#
-# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
-# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
-# functions only using the \callgraph command.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-CALL_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
-# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
-#
-# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
-# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
-# functions only using the \callergraph command.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-CALLER_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
-# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
-
-# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
-# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
-# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
-# files in the directories.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
-
-# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
-# generated by dot.
-# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
-# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
-# requirement).
-# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
-# The default value is: png.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
-
-# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
-# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
-#
-# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
-# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
-# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
-# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
-
-# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
-# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_PATH =
-
-# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
-# command).
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOTFILE_DIRS =
-
-# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
-# command).
-
-MSCFILE_DIRS =
-
-# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
-# command).
-
-DIAFILE_DIRS =
-
-# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
-# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
-# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
-# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
-# will not generate output for the diagram.
-
-PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
-
-# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
-# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
-
-PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
-
-# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
-# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
-# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
-# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
-# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
-# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
-
-# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
-# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
-# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
-# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
-# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
-# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
-
-# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
-# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
-# to support this out of the box.
-#
-# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
-# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
-# read).
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
-
-# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
-# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
-# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
-# this, this feature is disabled by default.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
-# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
-# graphs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
-
-# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
-# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/makefile b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 1de35bba02..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-#
-# LUFA Library
-# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-#
-# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-# www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-# --------------------------------------
-# LUFA Project Makefile.
-# --------------------------------------
-
-# Run "make help" for target help.
-
-MCU = at90usb1287
-ARCH = AVR8
-BOARD = USBKEY
-F_CPU = 8000000
-F_USB = $(F_CPU)
-OPTIMIZATION = s
-TARGET = BootloaderPrinter
-SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c BootloaderAPI.c BootloaderAPITable.S $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
-LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
-CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ -DBOOT_START_ADDR=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET)
-LD_FLAGS = -Wl,--section-start=.text=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET) $(BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS)
-
-# Flash size and bootloader section sizes of the target, in KB. These must
-# match the target's total FLASH size and the bootloader size set in the
-# device's fuses.
-FLASH_SIZE_KB = 128
-BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB = 8
-
-# Bootloader address calculation formulas
-# Do not modify these macros, but rather modify the dependent values above.
-CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX = $(shell printf "0x%X" $$(( $(1) )) )
-BOOT_START_OFFSET = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) - $(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB)) * 1024 )
-BOOT_SEC_OFFSET = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) * 1024) - ($(strip $(1))) )
-
-# Bootloader linker section flags for relocating the API table sections to
-# known FLASH addresses - these should not normally be user-edited.
-BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG = -Wl,--section-start=$(strip $(1))=$(call BOOT_SEC_OFFSET, $(3)) -Wl,--undefined=$(strip $(2))
-BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS = $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_trampolines, BootloaderAPI_Trampolines, 96)
-BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_jumptable, BootloaderAPI_JumpTable, 32)
-BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_signatures, BootloaderAPI_Signatures, 8)
-
-# Default target
-all:
-
-# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
-DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
-include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
-include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
-
-# Include common DMBS build system modules
-DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/makefile b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index e030ad44ab..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-#
-# LUFA Library
-# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-#
-# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-# www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-
-# Makefile to build all the LUFA USB Bootloaders. Call with "make all" to
-# rebuild all bootloaders.
-
-# Bootloaders are pre-cleaned before each one is built, to ensure any
-# custom LUFA library build options are reflected in the compiled
-# code.
-
-PROJECT_DIRECTORIES := $(shell ls -d */)
-
-# This makefile is potentially infinitely recursive if something really bad
-# happens when determining the set of project directories - hard-abort if
-# more than 10 levels deep to avoid angry emails.
-ifeq ($(MAKELEVEL), 10)
- $(error EMERGENCY ABORT: INFINITE RECURSION DETECTED)
-endif
-
-# Need to special-case building without a per-project object directory
-ifeq ($(OBJDIR),)
- # If no target specified, force "clean all" and disallow parallel build
- ifeq ($(MAKECMDGOALS),)
- MAKECMDGOALS := clean all
- .NOTPARALLEL:
- endif
-
- # If one of the targets is to build, force "clean" beforehand and disallow parallel build
- ifneq ($(findstring all, $(MAKECMDGOALS)),)
- MAKECMDGOALS := clean $(MAKECMDGOALS)
- .NOTPARALLEL:
- endif
-endif
-
-%: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
- @echo . > /dev/null
-
-$(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES):
- @$(MAKE) -C $@ $(MAKECMDGOALS)
-
-.PHONY: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)